RIYINGTON'S MATHEMATICAL SERIES By J. HAMBLIN SMITH, M.A., GONVILt-B AND CAIUS COLLEGE, AND LATE LECTURER AT ST. rBTEX's COLLEGE, CAMDKIDGB. Arithmetic, 3^. ^d. a Key, 9/. Elementary Algebra, y, without Answers, zs, 6d. ■^Ct REESE LIBRARY T UK THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. Received ^ y^'^'^^C^^ iSS^' Accessions No. -3(by±y Shelf No. -^OSZ/C/ ^^ '■ &u . roR llAMBLiN Smith's Geometry, Algebra, Trigono- metry, Statics, and Hydrostatics, ij. An Introduction to the St tidy of Heat, y. By E. J. GROSS, M.A., FELLOW OF GONVILLE AND CAIUS COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGH. Algebra, Part ir. %s. 6d. Kinematics and Kinetics, sj. 6^. By 0. RICHARDSON, M.A., ASSISTANT MASTER AT WINCHESTER COLLEGE. Geometrical Conic Sections, 4^. 6^. Waterloo Place, Pall Mall, London. 1 ENGLISH SCHOOL CLASSICS Edited by FRANCIS STORR, B.A., CHIEF MASTER OF MODERN SUBJECTS IN MERCIIAN^ TAYLORS* SCHOOL. THOMSON'S SEASONS: Winter. With an Introduction to the Series. By the Rev. J. F. Bright, ]\I.A. is. COWPER'S TASK. , ^ _, ^ By Francis Storr, B.^; zj. ; or m Three Parts, gd. each. COWPER'S SIMPLE POEMS. By Francis Storr, B.A. is. SCOTT'S LAY OF THE LAST MINSTREL. , ^ , , ^ . By J. SuRTKES PiiiLLPOTTS, M.A., Head Master of Bedford School. 2S. bd. ; or in Four Parts, gd. each. SCOTT'S LADY OF THE LAKE. . , By R. W. Taylor, M.A., Head Master of Kelly College, Tavistock. a#. or in Three Parts, gd. each. SCOTT'S MARMION. By F. S. Arnold, M.A,, Assistant Master at Bedford School. NOTES TO SCOTT'S WAVERLEY. By H. W. Eve, M.A., Head Master of University College School, London. xs. ; Waverley and Notes, -25. 6d. BACON'S ESSAYS. Complete Edition. By Francis Storr, B.A. TWENTY OF BACON'S ESSAYS. By Francis Storr, B.A. xs. SIMPLE POEMS. By W. E. MuLLiNS, M.A., Assistant Master at Rrarlborough College. Zd. SELECTIONS FROM WORDSWORTH'S POEMS. By H. H. Turner, B.A., late Scholar of Trinity College, Cambridge, is. WORDSWORTH'S EXCURSION: The Wanderer. By H. H. Turner, B.A. xs. MILTON'S PARADISE LOST. By Francis Storr, B.A. Book I., gd. Book II., gd. MILTON'S L'ALLEGRO, IL PENSEROSO, AND LYCIDAS. By Edward Storr, M.A., late Scholar of New College, Oxford, i*. SELECTIONS FROM THE SPECTATOR. By Osmund Airy, M.A., late Assistant Master at Wellington College. \s. BROWNE'S RELIGIO MEDICI. By W. P. Smith, M.A., Assistant Master at Winchester College, xs. GOLDSMITH'S TRAVELLER AND DESERTED VILLAGE. By C. Sankey, M.A., Head Master of Bury St. Edmund's Grammar School, xs, EXTRACTS from GOLDSMITH'S VICAR OF WAKEFIELD. By C. Sankey, M.A. xs. POEMS SELECTED from the WORKS OF ROBERT BURNS. By A. M. Bell, M.A., Balliol College, Oxford. 2s, MACAULAY'S ESSAYS: MOORE'S LIFE OF BYRjON. By Francis Storr, B.A. qd. BOSWELL'S LIFE OF JOHNSON. By Francis Storr, B.A. gd. HALLAM'S CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY. By H. F. Bovu, laic Scholar of Brasenose College, Oxford, is. SOUTHEY'S LIFE OF NELSON. By W. E. MuLLiNS, M.A. us. 6d. GRAY'S POEMS. SELECTION FROM LETTERS, with LIFE by JOHNSON. By Francis Stokr, B.A. is. Waterloo Place, Pall Mall, London. f CLASSICAL EXAMINATION PAPERS \ CLASSICAL EXAMINATION PAPERS ED/TED WITH NOTES AND REFERENCES BY P. J. F. GANTILLON, M.A. SOMETIME SCHOLAR OK ST, JOHNS COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE FORMERLY MASTER im rwiri TtrMWAM COLLEGE JFOHN\^ THIRD EDITION RIVINGTONS WATERLOO PLACE, LONDON MDCCCLXXXVI 3 100 HIERON. (S. Jc rome). Chron. {Opera, viii 426,), . . 118 HOMERUS Ilias. i. 114, . . 105 11. ^zseqq., . 163 . 402, . 205 111. 176, ■ 58 206. 24 292, . 205 VI. 146, 26 Index. Xlll PAGB PAGE A. P. PAGE vi. 168, no iiL23, 17, 63, 254 56, . 129 .. 518, 205 24, 60, 181 60, . 24 Vll. 222, 9 27, 73. 42 63,64, . : 130 ix. 698, 49 29.8, . . :^ 128, . 42 X. 224, 129 .30, 129, . 29 . 329. 24, 219 IV. 4,3iseqq., 197, 209 136, . . . "3 XI. II, 53 37. 171 251, . 12 xii. 167, 9 6, 19, 181 268, . . 21 . ?°7, 24 8. 17, 71 270, . 6 XVI. init. 205 12, 2, . 171 276, . 63 .. 494. 71 M. 25, 209 WiK : : . 181 xvu. 327, 26 47. X2S 25 647. 185 * xviii. xZseqg., 185 EPod. xix. 221, 244 ii. 69, . 135 HYPERIDES. .. 298, . los iv. IS, . . ^ '35 Eux. xxn. 509, 9 V. 87, . 36, 135 20, . 87 xxui. 372, 81 XI. 17, . 180 xxiv. 477 sefg., 185 xvii. IS, . 22, . ISOCRATES. Odyss. iv. 684, . . 100 50, . 181 238. c. § 28, . III vi. 207, . 103 Epist. I. ,, 613, . . 48 26 i. 2, . 186 JUVENALIS. 244 71, 100 .. 94, . u. 29, . .g i. 13, . 79 xvii. 57, . 105 V. 21, . .so, 129 74, • 200 xix. 29,. 177. • 105 100 vu. 48, . "1 15s, • =JI 94, • 17 _ii. 143, . 147 X. 49, . 259 lu. s, • i6s HORATIUS Cann. 5. xii. ult, xvL 2, 4, . 5, • 180 214 109 II, . .11 40, 119 i- 2, 7, . 194 xviii. 15, . 27 lOI, • 25 4, 17. 135 31, • 201 . 218, i° 6, 2, . 79 xix. 13, . 79 IV. 107, . 181 7, 13. 209 26, . 35 92 141, . 125 26, 12, zisegg., 181 XX. 24, . V. 2, . VI. 124, . 25 180 A.oseqq., Epist. II. 596, . • 180 21, 14, 125 i. liseqq., . 13 3, 6, 163 ult., . 248 26, 2, . 191 los, . 42,218 vii. 124, . 34 28, 30seqq., 34 170, 6 viii. so, . \n 35. 29, ^P Sertn i 199 seqq., . 37, .. 4, • U. I. I, . 182 i8i 169, 221 i. 2S, . . u. 14, . ... 31, . • m. 44 seqq., . . 69, . . IV. 105, . 201 52, "3 80 130, 164 253, • X. 14, . 120, . 169 "5 2, 13 j*^^., 6, II, .15 "3, . 192, . 58.'98 7, 9/^^?.. • 10, 18, 92 201 27 92 . 365, . . XI. 30, SO, . 91, 106 1 13. 18 f ' 92 244 vi. 12, . 71 seqq., . ... 74, • vm. 13, . ix. 69, . X. 64, . 32, 132 92 50 31, 239 19! 28! '. ... 20. • >n. 3. 9, • . 245 246 xii. S3, • xiu. 100, . xiv. 191, . XV. 124, 32 «25 4. 9-20, . 92 Sfrm. II. a : 125 201 ii. 123, . iiL 18, . 40 165 LIVJUS. 5, 1-4, 210 72, . 52 Pro'/., . . 95 37. 25 228, . 165 i., . 200, ao2 u/i., 169 IV. 17, . 80 4, 5, ■ 97 8, 92 v. 17, 39, 55, 25 16,1, . 97 12,6, . 93 VI. 20, . 80 20, 3, . ia6 M, 5, . 201 35, • 38 33, I, • .1? 19, 9, • 147, 218 ... 40,56, . .1' 34, 4, • 22, 2, . 181 vm. passim, . 44, 3. »09 XIV Index. X. xxi. xxui. xxiv. XXV. xxvi. xxvii. xxix. xxxiii. xxxiv. xli. xliv. »• 53, I, .. 55, 7, u. 1,4, lo, 3. 12,8, 31 seqq. 49> 50, lu. 6, 8, 34,2, 40, 5, 45, I, 9, 72, 2, V. 6, 2, 20, 6, 24,8, 35,8, 52,4. V. 5, 4, 8, 12, 13, 15-22, 37 seqq. . 41. 7, }• 41, 4, 1- 3,6. 8,6, 9,4, 29-32, i. 19, II, 28.4, c. 16-19, 40,4, 10, 2, 38, 3, 4 7,3, 57, 3, 18, 26, 6,5, 49, 3,4 27, 12, 43-51, 22, 6, 10, 4, 5. 32, 19. 44, 13, 9, 15. 103. 202 lo 208 196 196 III .11 II 25 31 202 52 181 31 .si 186 186 186 197 H9 112 202 81 202 202 202 248 168 126 142 202 202 202 18s 43 109 202 202 197 202 202 191 202 36 256 258 114 258 *202 £pii. LUCANUS. PAGB .?• 694 (689), . 182 " 424, . 209 ... 426, . . 209 m. 84-168, . i8f .. 399 seqq., . X87 vu. 393, . . 186 ... 407 seqq., . 182 viu. 272, . . . 221 LUCRETIUS. 1. 11. iii. 915, IV. 1160 seqq., V. 1222, vi. 1106, 1270, LYCURGUS. 153, § 40, 155, § 61, LYSIAS. 117, § 10, 16, . MACROBIUS. Sai. MARTIALIS. 40, . 319, ■ 404, . 600 (595). "4, u. 6, . 91, • ... 92, . m. 47, I, 2, iv. 8, . 67, . .. 87, . vii. 65(66), viii. 12, . «. 3, 5, x. 25, . XI. 13, . 53, • „ 70, . xu. 28, . *"»• 74, 75, XIV. 99, . 191, . L U., i. 6. Spectac. MOSCHUS. 123 58 81 146 180 157 119 102 109 94 38 201 103 146 109 182 94 114 229 94 94 125 186 182 256 125 197 186 53 NOVUM TESTAMENTUM. Ev. Div. Mattk. pagb xiii. 52, . . . 67 xxu. 13, . . 48 Ev. Div. Marc. iv. 29, . VI. 40, vii. 3, xii. 24, xiv. 72, X36 48 48 227 48 Ev. Div. Luc. lu. 14, . yl I, . xix. 23, . XX. II, . 25, . Ev. Div. Joann. iv. 21, V. 17, . Act. Apost. vii. 20, . .. 42, . XIL I, . XV. 19, , xvu. 5, . 22, . xix. 19, , 38, . . Ep. ad Rom 111. 20, viii. 20, xii. 20, Ep. ad Cor. I. XV. 54, II. u. 17, Ep. ad Galat. ii. 19, • 67 iii. 19, . . . 64 Ep. aii Phil. iv. 5, . 64, 67, 22S Ep. ad Tim. 227 48, 228 136 228 64 67 64 228 228 228 64 136 216 216 136 228 64 67 I. VI. 5, Ep. Pet. Ep. yiid. OVIDIUS. A mores. 1. 15. 19, ilL 6. 25, iii. 409, Ars. Am. 228 229 182 134 183 iii. I. 34, Ep. ex. P. * See this page for various particulars connected with Livy. hidex. XV Fasti. PAGE PH^DRUS. PAGE Rep. PAGH i. 64, . . 315. • : ;S ii. 5- 25, • V. 8. 3, . . . ,i: 343 A, . 369 A, . 53 262 l^Sseqq., . 202 371 D. !|7 ii- 19-54. 112 380 D, 261 83. . . 98 PINDARUS. 394 c, . 156 103, . 140 400E, 130 "^^Sseqq., . if 6, 196 Frag^i. 474 E, . 130 475, . 215 217 (114), 355 479 A, . 262 477. • 103 Isthm 514 c, . 154 ... 49^ seqq.. . ">• 357. • 207 129 iii. 58 (67), . . 53 S15 B, . 560 E, . . 154 130 397, • 112 Netn. 588 C, . 261 617, . . 140 vii. nit.. 126 596 B, . 260 644, 645, . 140 viii. 43, . 9 615 D, 53 . 705, . • IV. 169, . 321, . 182 213 31 01. vi. 87, . 157 Sophist. 223 D, 231 D, 157 157 337 seqq., . V. init., . 201 196 Pytk. X. HI, 47 Symp. 140, . 112 219 C, 97 621, . 180 201 PLATO. Thecetet. 164 A, 175 E, 108 vi. 352, . 166 Apol 157 tl* ' ■ 165 18 B, . . 205 183 B, . 105 600, . 207 19 c, 205 209 B, 127 634. • 207 23 D, . 205 Her. Cratyl. PLAUTUS i. 104, . 25 Init., . . 143 AiHph. xui. 60, . 201 423 B, 127 J. I. 156, *i07 Metam. Crito. IV. 3. 14, . 107 i. 654, • • 747. • ii. I, . 140 219 171 49 A, . . . Gorg. 450 B, . . . 24 lOI A sit I. Prol. II, . i. 1.64. . . 22 x8i iii. init.y 187 E, . . . 104 iii. 2. 9, . to7 64. . . 180 455 E, • 189 Aul. V. 518, . 140 479 A, 129 iii. 2. 9, . 107 X. 700, . xii. 188, . ... 396, . . ■vni. 73. • XV. 871 seqq., . Trist. .1- 3- 19, ■ u. 157, . 424, . 180 482 E, . . . 105 4- 7. • 107, 131 182 502 D, . . . 512 B, Hipp. Maj. 297 B, I^egg. 686 E, . . 801 A, . no 104 261 219 147 Capt. iii I. 29, . Cure. ii. 3. 76, . . Epid ii. 2. 80, . . V. I. 57, . 165 »9 107 107 ... 471-484. • ""H PJued. Men ai. ^.t,^seqq., iv. lo. 6, PATERCULL 178 182 90 c, 99 D, . 108 D, . . . 109 B, . . . Phadr. 130 261 261 .i.«.5, . . V. 5. 31, . Merc. 107 107 107 107 ii. ICO, 214 251 A, . . . 261 iv. 3. 14, . 107 PERSIUS. Phileb. 67 A, . . . Politic. 261 V. 2. 116, 181 Prol. 10. . 181 Mil. Glor. il I. 33, . 59 i. 27, . 129, . iv. 1, . 219 200 260 c, . . . 157 iv. I. 11, . 112 132 Protag. Most. 49. . f.i 313 A, . 94 i. I. 33. • • • X07 V. 73. • 315 E, . 261 .. '♦S, • 107 75. ■ 99 317 c, 129 ii. 2. 2, . 107 . H^' • no 323 c, . 129 ... 73, • 112 VI. ult., . 32 337 c, los iii. 1. 109, 113 * J >ee this p .ige for remarks on the Syntax of Plautas. XVI Index, Pan. PAGE JQUINTILIANUS. SOPHOCLES. V. 5- 29, . 48 Inst. Or. PAGE Ajax. PACK RmL i. Prooem. § 4, . 36 54. i3 ii. 3- 42, . 107 4.6. . ^^5 ^1' 87 Stick. 5. X9seqq., 57, 185 II 348, 572, 5 109 iv. 1. 71, . 181 ii. 15. 24, 251 6c», 8.63 Trin. viiL 3. 29, 197 1120-1141, 254 iiL 1. 19, . IV. 1. I seqq., . V. 2. 35, . 74 X. I. 4,6, 52, 54. 75 213 "31. I2C», I217, 1231, 48 94 47 45,90 79,254 7'r«f. 61, 75 I24I, 48 ii. 2. 18, . 171 66, 68, 75 75 1285, 1369, 46 254 ♦PLINIUS. Uisi. Nat. 88, 90, 93, 182 75 133, 160 % Ant tg- 18 6 ill 19, 215 94, • 75 117, 63 viL 6, 119 loi, . 75, 197, 217 211, 82 xii. 25, 114 259, 81, 246 xxxiii. 55, xxxiv. 16, ii8 n8 SALLUSTIUS. 263, 350, 87 5 XXXV. 9, 114 Bell. Cat. 489, 47 36, 12, . 127 i. I, . . . 98 537, 80 6,. . . 202 556, 121 PLINIUS JUN lOR. 31, 5, . 33, I, • 81 171 593, 632, 46 49 Epist. 53, 5, • 171 686, 48, 104, 139 V. I, . 6, j«3. /«//., 39 214 Jug. 84,3, . • • 53 710, 788. 1^ vii. 11, . 39 791, 24 18, . 39 8s,. . . 197 872, 71 viii. 2, . 19 100, 4, . . . 12, 53 lOOI, 48,80 X. 18, . . 171 Fragm., . .17, 36 1068, 17 97, • 229 1 1 13, Electr. 49 PLUTARCHl JS. SENECA. L. A. De Bene/. iv. I. 2, . . 165 47, 436, :l Artax. 466, 26 8, . . . 206 Epist. ;f' :i POLYBIUS 7, .... 186 It' • • • • 'S 1462,' 249 249 i. 2. 3, . 3- 9, • 161 "5 88, ... . 96 95, . • "4 713, Fragm. 127 ... ^3, • ui. 2-5, . "5 "5 Hippol [Seneca.} ( Ed Col. 274-324, . . . 2IO 308, 18, 23 tPROPERTIT i. 3.18, . If. : 19. 6, . iv:i;28.- : 18, . v. I. 124, JS. 25 25 Med. 652-669, . , . 210 (Ed. 403-508, . . 210 335, 360. 374. 441. 475, 219 121 13 25 25 1 01 40 217 SILIUS ITALICUS. iv, 81, . . 209 493, ... 209 668 seqq. 731, 1 120, 1371. 1443. 134 19 95 t 2. 7, . 165 xvii. 626, ... 202 Sfoi; 6. 15 seqq.. 182 8. 10, 40 SOLON. c Ed. Tyr. 8 9- 5, • 165 2, 10. 23 seqq.. 186 2 (13), . 252 36(25, • ■ • 88 12, 121 II. 19, 40 100, a • Ed. W< ;ise. t Ed. Paley. I Ed. I Jonn« IL Index, Vll PAGE PAGE THEOPHRASTUS. 198. 95 iii. 2. . 107 Char. PAGE 220, 121 30. 197 2, . . . . 97 30, . . . . 130 327, Si: 26 49 . 66. IV. 5, 98 178 2 H' 258 3i5' '1* 38. 107 THUCYDIDES. 380, 62 52. 25 397, 79 vi. 20, 203 i. 6,3, . 157 4", 120 21. 130 18,1, 179 523. 17 24, 130 24, 2, 160 596, 24 . 51. 217 32, 5, ' 58 11^: 13 XI. 14, 214 33, I, 121 134 25, 215 36.2, 82 874. • 95 xii. 18, 32 49, 7, 58 1062, ^5 27. 103 1^4. 4, 90 "34» 47, 180 116, . 179 1340, 139 60, 9^ 121, 7, 94 i39i» 104 xiii. 26, 98 126, 11, 129 1478, 82 XV. s, 9^ 132, 3, 59 Philoct. 21, 98 137, 7, .. 138,3, 11. 9, . 19,2, 23,3, 48,81 244 :3 Dialog. De Or Analysb of, 22, . at. 183 72 17s 179 206 "55> Trcu ch. 9 Germ. 26, . . . 214 34,6, 40, 2, 4, I ^?' 18 Hist. 52,3, 24 58, 8 i- 25, 203 62,3, 87 132. 138, 9 17 29, 31, 203 112 I'l 177 175 322. 19 39 -r^^i '•1 203 ... 89.6, 47 f^' 20 S3> 112 UL I-SO, 179 614, 936, 19 46 70, 71, 72, 112 36 17,4. 22,8, 176 24 "83, 109 36,5, '^1 ii. II, 112 37-40, 176 STATIUS. .. 92, ui. 19, 218 218 40, 4, 42, 2, 184 47 Silv. 36. 109 5, ■f iv. 5, 210 iv. 14, 218 43,4, 7. 210 47,4, 184 9» 210 TERENTIU S. 53, 3, 56.7, 121 18 SUETONIU S. Adelph. 57, I, 83,2, S Jul. Ca-s. \. 2. 53. • • 102 91, . »74 20, . . 221 HI. 4. 34, • 181 94, . ^''i 54, . 221 iv. I. 21, . 181 95,2, 48 56,. 203 2. 48, . . 119, 166 98, . 174 4. • Galb. 203 Andr. Prol. 5, . . 107 102, . . 105-114, XV. 21. 3, 174 174 »7S Oct iL I. 10, 40, 72 28,2, 212 lOI, . 182 2. 22, 166 98 102 32,4. 139 5. • Vit. Terent 133 iv. 5. 2, V. 2. 20, Eun tch. Is:,; 179 134 23 177 TACITUS. ii. 3. 10, . 91 129. 4, aig 10, . Agr. 258 THEOCRITl JS. V. 16, . 19, . 24. • 179 179 '79 Ann. V. 23, . 105 47. 7. i6i L3S, q8 xiv. 65, . 157 63.3. 246 59. i8i XV. 6, . 157 84-116, 184 li. 20, 130 See also, on Th gen vi. 5. I, 160 78, 112 rally, ao4 »s. • »7S XVI 11 Index. PACK V PAGE PAGK vi. 16, 3, . 252 6, . . 219 14a, ... 244 21, I, 95 137. 34 153, 58 2, 27 172, 53 153, 99 31. 3, 160 568, . . 169 161, • 25, 70 38, I, 53 580, . . 63 268, »35 59, . 179 796, . . 40 283. 31 61, I, vil xJiseqg., 59 90 90 VI. 62, 160, . . 71 750, XI 51 86, . . 179 130 451, 34 vui. 14-64, 179 229, 41 725, 27 48. 5. • 67 seqq., . 87, 3, . 78 179 244 292, n. : : : i i. 6, Eclog. 204 103, 2, 177 743, 34 J^- 4» S: : : 218 . 25, 125 207 lu. 77, 201 TIBULLUS >. ^3. • • 117 90, 25 i. 8. 22, . 106 868 seqq.. 217 130 240 iil 5. 18, . 203 VII. 103, 31 82, 246 . ^°f' 204 VARRO. 683, 209 209 IV. 38. VI. I, ri L.L. Ult., 32 86, 204 Y.89, . . VI. 2, . ':i VIII. 64. . . 65, ' ■ 209 vii. 42, ix 35, 45. 180 240 109 244 46, 81 VIRGILIUS i. 90, 34 54, 204 Mneid 1. 140. 143, 132 X. 47, 204 48, . . 200 338, . . 38 Georgic. 56-59, 106 345. 94 i. 163, . 41 177, 130 ^S^seqq., 202 169, . 63 2IJ, 180 358, . . 38 ^h^ 147 242, 169 391. . . 201 208, . 40 275, 207 191 Ax^seqq., ::io, 187 231, 201 319, 465, . . 80 269, 196 320, 50 522, 58 360, . 244 364, 214 566. . . 53 413, • T 567, 201 596. . . 180 415, • 40,83 626-728, . 183 472. 180 ], 639, 207 489, 182 642, . . 99 491, 169 39, 136, 157, 218, 273, 70 135 675 seqq., IX. 7, 51, 140, 182 3.83 ii. 224, . 225, 275. 277, 389, lii- 314, 185 209 25 II i7r 50 274, 132 174, 36 537, • 80 432, 35 266, 132 iv. 84. 201 510, 50 281, 20 116, 106 644, 662, 670, 34 132 25 385, . • 444^^4^^., 712, 210 207, 529. • 25 31 III. 816, 25 XENOPHON. 2, 132 X. A nab. 162, M7 13, . . . s. i. I. 2, . . 206 374, 27 145, 3. 2, . \. 8-27*, c. 8. c. 9, 188 684. . . IV. 3 ;it : : 891, . . 3 20 218 206 206 18, . . 102 XI. ii. 2. 17, . 95. 255 569, . . . 214 87. 30 3- ". • 121, 255 603, . 70, 106, 219 112, 98 4. 12 . 206 683, . 7» J25, 82 26, 255 Index. XIX li. 6. 6-27, . iii. 4- 41, . iv. c. 1-7. 4- 15, • Apol. Socr. 34 De Re Eg. PAGE 206 25X 2o6 259 Hellen. pack | i. I. 23, 100 ii. 3- 48, 122 56. 158, 174 4. 2 seqq.. 90 14. 74 m. 3. 4-1 1, 174 IV. 5, X31 V. 4- 34, 104 VI. X. 10, 47 vii. 5. 27, 179 Metnorab. L I. 2, . lOI 14, 233 n. I, 12, 95 iv. 7. I, . 129 CEconom. 7. 29, . . . 46 INDEX OF GREEK WORDS. aj&.TO^, K.T.A., . 197 fiaCvto, . 243 ivClTTU, 4.8 apXrjxpos, 74 Paptk, . . . 60,243 eoiKa, 62 a^ofl-ifl', . ':§ /BooTKavo?, 137 iireiyta, 8 iyyeXtrjs (eAeeti'), . /3eV0o?, . . 243 enem^voOe, 56 ayiovia, . 247 ^tr^i, . 62 ene4>vov, . ♦ aeifib). 243 /3AV}to, ,. 4 etrop.ai, 84 at6i)9, 143 /3A«^<}s, . . . 2 epuecrdou, . aKTjxeSaTcu, 4 epvTO, 4 aKLvr)Ta, . 250 yeirtav, 16 epxarai, . 56 a»CT^, 2 yevTO, 4,211 eo'Tro/u.jjv, . 243 oAa^toi/, . 137 yy}pd.vau., . 56 ejrraa-av, . 4 oA^?, . . 250 vAaOf, . . . i6 coTacai', . A oAlTJS, 211 €aT0?, diyyai'eii'. 58 I ifwojua, . 28 flirov. 243 Ovydrnp, . 16 an-ardw, . 8 eKaOevSov, OvitM, 60 airei\e(x), . 8 iKaOt^ov, 8 afntnqp, jc.t.A., 204 iAavw, . . 243 IfilO?, 60 aTafffioAo?, 22 ijjiv^aerip, 139 tepos, 84 avToyvov, 250 efjiokov, 4 ii/a, 55 avTOx«ip, 134 ivaCpo), . 8 io>twpOovel(reai, 129 M.e>»Tj/u.ai, 139 TTinrw, 28 ifxXelv, . 129 MeTej^eij/, I irKTTO?, . 2 (fxoparax, . 48 Merewpo?, 28 TTOAAOV, . 28 M*^f 55 WOITO?, 16 firixairq, . 63 noo-eiSii', n-orepos, . 143 17 XapifVTO?, Xopieo-o-a, 23 38 vavs. 28 TTOTVla, . 57 X«P'S. : ^6 ve^p6s, . "i 60 TrpeVet, 129 x«y» ill jrpooTjKet, 129 143 Xew, Xpaoftot, . XP«vw, . 4 4 4 ^e(", . . 84 XP«,«». 51 feVos, 2 pevtro/xai. 49 X/>'». 129 4 oTi/oi/». . 247 trnnepov, . 55 oAoiTpoxo?, 74 OTKOUO?, 16 ^xn, 143 6irA.6T€po«, 48 arepyeiv, . 129 ope'yw, . 60 (TTt^aS, . 247 tapro, 28 opKds. 55 otJto, 4 wart. 55 INDEX OF GREEK PHRASES, TECHNICAL TERMS, ETC. ayxi-crreCa, 6 yeuixopoi, 194 SCkt) ef ovAtj?, • 47. 130 avaSa(Tp.6i, 176 yAavAces (AaupiwTiKOt), 189 epwos, 6 avaxpiveiv. 212 yvioa-ip-axeui . 57 189 avoLKpiaii, 6, 130 ypap-naTeiov (Aijliap BUtfv alpely. 47 ava\vTiKd, 253 Xi-ifov), . . 167 130 avTCSoa-iij 6 7po/xp,aTtcmjs, k.t.A. , 96 SiofJLoKoyeiadai 139 at^iAaxeiv, k.t.A., 120, 212 yp<^H . ; 212 5i«M00-ui, I20 oi/TiTi/xao^at, K.T.A. 249 aTrpoorao-iou, 167 SoKi.fia^eiv, 6 dt^wp.oo'ia, 249 enirponri^, 120 SiopoSoKelv, 249 aTra-yyeAca, anaytoyri. 'i? napavop-oiv, 223 eyypa^^, . 88 a7roypcut>ri, anroOet^K, 88 StaSiKaa-Ca, 189 iyypa^Oi, 155 139 S,.a9riKri, . 139 eiiiTO? {ayu>v). 167 SlVtTJ, 212 eicrayw-yevs. : U d«/)aiojs (ovorta), 175 249 ei(ropa, . d^opp.»;, . 176 Ati/xiitos, 47 eK»cAT>39 iKtrtativ, I Kkt^rfip, . 137. 247 irpov\aKet, . ■ "1 6 6 6 175 (rqp.elov, . SjrapTtTJTOu, jt.T.A., (Trdaifjiov, ^ . orec^avtrrjs (aYwi/), orpayyevetr^ot, (TvAAoyicrfxds, . avftfj^pia^ rjytfii^v. 253 205 % 57 253 «7rt5et^s, 139 (TuvSiKelv, g eVtStad^inj, 139 ^vvoiKta, . 160 avvriyopoi, 137 iniSiKO^, . 139 ri, . • 28, 247 TOKOl «»riTpiTOl, 6 fv&vSi.Kia, 130 napaKaTa^oXrj , 130 «iroY5ooi, . 6 evOvvT], 13s, 167 napaKpovofievo^, 48 evvp.o^. 51 napoLKpovw, k.t.A,, 249 207 eatpeyyvo^. 74 rrpo^ovAevfia, . 47 , 74, 194 (jftepe'oiKos, 250 ffodoJos, . 176 7rpoeK5odovs kotov Baifiovd re tov apM^ov, diroXepov, dvUpov '^pda-os, /xcAaiVas p^eXadpoKTiv aTas, clSophav TOK€V(nv.^ 7. Give the usages of the following words, with any illus- trations which may occur to you : — Surdus, c(bcus^ lentus^ impro- bus^ verus, invenustus ; fSwpos, ukti}, Scivo?, ^evo?, StKatos, Trto-Tos. 8. Translate, and explain the difficulties in the following passages : — a. 7rdvT€pov€LT\ lyw S' ov p-q iron rap.' (OS av ciiro) p-q rd a-' eptp-qvo) KaKa.» b. aXXao)V€fc 7rpocrl3oXapvv.* C. p6\6ov6vov irdXtv XvovTas, ws ToS' aipa y^ipa^ov ttoAiv.' 1 ^sch. Sup/>1. 821. 3 Soph. O. T. 328. * jEsch, Ag. 538. 2 lb. ^^. 738. ♦ iEsch. CA^^'//«. 275. « Soph. O. r. 100 Examination Papers. 3 e. dA7)s ^\v yap yiyvojxkvr] yj 'EAXas xup fieydX-q ^vvdyerai.^ f. iradova-a ovtu) Setva Trpos twv v ovSels VTrep fxov Sai/xovoiv /xr^vUTai* 1. Sed periisse semel satis est — peccare fuisset Ante satis, penitus modo non genus omne perosos Femineum.' 2. Contra jussa monent Heleni Scyllam atque Charybdim Inter utramque viam lethi discrimine parvo Ni teneant cursus, certum est dare lintea retro.* 3. His fretus non legatos neque prima per artem Tentamenta tui pepigi.^ 4. Hos parere jubent Alphea ab origine Pisae; Urbs Etrusca solo.' 5. Quid? illud quod proprie ad milites pertinet quibus boni tribuni plebis quum stipendium extorquere vol- uerint, nunc consultum repente volunt, quale est?' 9. Contrast briefly the life and occupations of an Athenian citizen in the time of Pericles and Plato with those of a Roman in the age of Cicero and Augustus. 10. Write a Latin or Greek epigram (not exceeding four lines) on x^P'5 axapts. [Dean Ireland's Scholarship, 1852.] II. Philological Questions, etc. I. What is the origin of written alphabets? From whence, and through whom, did the Greeks get theirs ; and what changes are known to have taken place in it? Explain 1 Hdt. vii. 157, § 4. « /En. ix 14a • ^«. x. »79- » iEsch. Bum. loi. •♦ lb. iii. 684. ' Liv- v. 5. * lb. viiL 143. 4 Examihation Papers. Herodotus's statement, v. 58, a/xa t^ f^iav^ fAere/SaXov koI toi^ pvOfJiov Twj/ ypafifxaTtav. 2. Give a. J. Grimm's law for the interchange of consonants in the Greek and cognate languages, with instances. d. Instances of the interchange of the Latin letters, or their Greek equivalents, — r with /, d, and s; /with d ; p with ^u or k. Are any of these to be regarded as exceptions to Grimm's law ? 3. Give rules a. For the use of the present participle in Latin, and cautions against its abuse. d. To show how the Latin language supplies the defi- ciency of a present participle passive, and a past participle active. 4. Write an account of these words, giving grammatical forms in full, marking quantities, and distinguishing significations, with quotations : — dvaXtarKd), aXtcrKOfiai j €V€7r(i), eviTTTO) ; kvw, ftueo), Kvveoi ; irareofiat, Trdofiai j XP°-^ iXP^'^^)) XP^^ {XP^P-^")- 5. Give a full account of the following grammatical forms, marking quantities : — ^/?A^to, I/jvto, o-vto, x^to, I/xoAov, lir€<^vov^ IcTTao-av, lo-Ttto-ai/, •UTroTreTrrr^ws, iraroa-de^ edXrjVj /xe/i/JAerat, yivTO, evaSoVj -qiipporov^ x^^j OLKriykhaTaL, 6. Correct these passages, and justify your corrections : — a. TttSe yap cittciv tov iravovpyov ovK av otofuii Trap' rnxlv ovSc ToXpL-qcTiiv iror' dv.^ Ma T^v *Air6XX(o, OVK, €l ye firf 6ii6(rQS iiiol — Hxprilio-j vdcraK TexyatSf rjv fioi rt irepnrLTrroL KaKov.^ » Ar. Tkesm. 524. • lb. 26a. Examination C. Xa(TLav)(€vd ^' imrov e^erat [al. a^crat] a/x^t'Ao^ov ^vyov. (Compared with the words of the strophe, aTTOT/overat, IXXofievoiv dporpiav eros €i? Itos.)* //. d S' ddvpocTTOixos dxo) n^kecfiavrjs iTLKpas ot/xwyas VTTOKetTai.^ tf. V€a/:)d (fydovs kotov Bai/iovd TC Tov dfia^^ov, aTToAc/MOV, dvUpov '^pdcro's, fxeXaivas fieXdOpoLcrtv aras, €i8ofi€vav TOKcvariv.^ 7. Distribute the following passages into verses, and give a metrical account of each verse : — a. tw (fiiXoL vav/?aTai, fxovoL ifiiov ^tAwv jaovot It' Iju/ic- vovres 6pd(^ vopn^^ iSea-Oe /x' otbv a/ori Kvyaa L8pofJLOV KVKXciTai.* h, alai' SpojJidSes w TrrepocfiopoL iroTVid^es ^eat, a^aK^cv- Tov at ^laorov lAa^^er' Iv 8dKpv(ri koI yoots, /xeAay- X/owTcs EvjU€i/t8cs, at T€ TOV Ttti/aov aidkp' dfAirdX- X€a6\ aifiaros TLvvfx€vai SUav, Tivvfievai (f>6vovJ C. fidKapes ol ficrpias ^eov /xerd re aoxppocrvvas fxerka-^ov XkKrpoiV 'A^/oo8iTa9, yaAavei^ xp-qcrdixevoi pxuvoiik- v(3iv otarrpoiVy odi 8rj 8i8vfi* "Epws 6 xpva-OKoixas to^* €VTCtv€Tat yapiroiv.^ 8. Translate accurately : — a. "AXrjOeSy ip€LVj . . . dvT€LCr(f>€p€LV, (rVvSLK€LVj 8oKlfld^€lVj dvTiSoa-is, dyo}V crT€^av4Ti;s, dvaKpicri'S, iprjfjLos BUrj, tokol €7roy- 8oot...€€KTOi...€7r6T/5tTot, yopov l(TTdvai. 14. Explain the phrases : — dignus quicum in tenebris mices — ad unguem factus homo — numeris omnibus absolutus — magis calleo, quam aprugnum callum callet — capularis senex — punctis singuHs colligere — id virtuti resonat — cecinit receptui 1 Aristoph. Plut. 123. "^ Soph. Ant. 96. • See Aul. Gell. iii. 3. Horace, Ep. li. * See Blomfield on Prom. Vinct. ai6, T. 58, 170. A. P. 270. And, on Plautus, and cf. Elmsley on Eur. Bacch. 194, and Cic deOff.\.v^ Soph. O. C. 1646. Examination Papers, 7 — hereditas sine sacris — i dierectum, cor meum — inter sacrum saxumque stare — licet antestari 1 T5. Write a Greek or Latin epigram, not exceeding six lines, on * The Peace Conferences at Paris.* {Dean Ireland's Scholarships 1856.] III. Greek Critical Questions. 1. Show by an analysis of the language and thoughts of any passage in the Homeric poems, and any passage in Greek tragedy, that the former must have been written earlier than the latter. 2. *To express the thundering pace with which a heavy stone comes back from a hill-top. Homer says — avTts €7r€tTa ^rcSovSc KvAii/Sero Aaas ai^aiS^s.* Here there is the shocking fault, to any metrical ear, of mak- ing the emphasis fall regularly on the first syllable [of the foot], which in fact obliterates all the benefit of the caesura. Now Virgil, in an age of refinement, has not one such line, nor could he have endured such a line. In that verse, ex- pressing the gallop of a horse, he also has five dactyls — " Quadrupedante putrem sonitu quatit ungula campum^^ But he takes care to distribute the accents properly, on which so much even of the ancient versification depended : except in the two last feet, the emphasis of Virgil's line never coin- cides with the last syllable of the foot.' Examine this, and give any considerations it may suggest to you as regards either accent or versification. 3. What are the reasons that have led some critics to assign 1 Od. xi. 598. • ^n. viii. 596. 8 Examination Papers. the Iliad and the Odyssey to different authors and different ages ] Do they appear to you to be conclusive % 4. What evidences are there of aTrciAeo), aTraraa), draiVo/aat, 6taKOV€(o, SttoKO), cTreiyo), ci/ai/ow, iviTrTto, Kadatpio^ not being verbs compounded of prepositions? What difference is ob- servable between the separable and inseparable mode of compounding verbs ? How does this bear upon such forms as €Kd9€v8ov, -qvefxofiTjv^ CKa^i^ov? 5. Examine and classify, illustrating at the same time, the Homeric uses of ovXo^, lavos, TrevKaXifxas. ciXctv, epvecrdai. 6. What is the essential relation to the verb expressed by the accusative case? Explain, in accordance with this prin- ciple, the following constnictions : — a. TLvas TToO^ ISpas TaaSe /jlol ^oa^cre ;* d. dvqpei' apTL Xai/oc^wvra ScoKpari^g t^-vXAav, oTTOcrovs olWolto tovs avrrjs iroSas.' C. €yyvyJK€s fxka-ov atoAot." C. fi€V€i yap ovt' atoAa vv^ /SpoToia-i.^ d. vvv KoXov dvTt. et D. 2,i^ lo Examination Papers. 14. Mention anything you know of the writings of Archi- lochus and Menander. 15. What are the principal marks of spuriousness discovered by Bentley in the Epistles of Phalaris?i 16. The advantages and disadvantages of combining the study of modem with that of ancient Greek. \pean Ireland'' s Scholarships 1858.] IV. Latin Critical Questions. 1. What do we know of the lapygian, Umbrian, Oscan, and Etruscan languages? What appears to have been their chronological relation to each other ? What reasons are there for thinking that the Etruscans may have come from Lydia 1 2. *Libertatis originem inde magis, quia annuum impe- rium consulare factum est, quam quod deminutum quidquam sit ex regia potestate, numeres.' ^ Translate. What is the principle of the change of mood % Illustrate by examples. 3. * Nolim enim, ne si Latine quidem dici possit, specierum et speciebus dicere ; et saepe his casibus utendum est : zXformis ttformarum velim.' — OV.» What nouns belonging to the fifth declension are completely declined ? Mention any archaisms that occur in this declension. 4. Si in jus vocat, ni it, antestator igitur in capito. Si calvitur pedemve struit, manum endoiacito. Si morbus aevitasve vitium escit, qui in jus Vocabit jumentum dato ; si nolet arceram ne stemito. Laws of t lie Twelve Tables.* i See Monk's Life of Betitley, i. 80-83 ; and Dyce's edition of the Epistles, u. 384. 2 Liv. ii. I. ' Tfpic. 7. * See Varronianus, chap. vi. § 7 Examination Papers. 1 1 Translate. Show from this passage the original meaning of igitur. How do you account for the irregularities of the con- jugation of the verb sum ? Mention such old forms as you may remember. What is escit ? 5. Quintilian, on the introduction of foreign words into the Latin tongue, says, * Plurima Gallica valuerunt.** Enume- rate those you can recollect. Account for the fact, and state what would be the probable date of their introduction. 6. Indulge ordinibus ; nee setius omnis in unguem Arboribus positis secto via limite quadret.^ Translate. Comment on the word 'setius' Illustrate the phrase * m ujiguemJ What is its origin 1 Is the word used in any other proverbial expressions'? 7. Collect Horace's criticisms on the literary merits of the poets who had preceded or were contemporary with himself. ' 8. Hoc tantum sciat, sibi, si hujus vindiciis cesserit, con- dicionem filiae quserendam esse. Me, vindicantem sponsam in libertatem, vita citius deseret, quam fides.* Translate this. What is the Latin expression for *to claim as a slave '1 ^Vhat is the meaning of 'vindicias secundum libertatem postulare, dare : ' * vindicari puellam in posterum diem pate- retur : ' ' decresse vindicias secundum servitutem ' 1 9. For a Latin epigram : — "fl^eAe /AT^S' kykvovTO ^oaX vces* ov yap av rjfiels TralSa ^lokXccSov SwttoAiv IcrrevofJiev. vvv 8' 6 fi€v €11/ olXl irov (ftcperai vckvSj dvrl 8* Ifcctvov ovvofia Kol Kevebv crrjfia 7rap€p)(6fjie6a. 10. Can you give any rules for the arrangement of words in a Latin sentence 1 11. Hannibal, nihil prolatandum ratus, velut Italia ei provincia decreta esset, ne se quoque casus aliquis opprime- ret, etc. Explain the reason why these two different pronouns 1 See Quint, i. 5, 57, » See Hor. C. i. 6. i. J", i. 10. Ep. il ' Virg. Georg. ii. 277. i. 50 seqq. A. P. 270 srqq. * Liv. iiL 45. 12 Examination Papers. are used. What general principles determine in similar cases what pronoun must be used % 12. Syllaba longa brevi subjecta vocatur iambus, Pes citus ; unde etiam trimetris accrescere jussit Nomen iambeis, quum senos redderet ictus, Primus ad extremum similis sibi : non ita pridem, Tardior ut paulo graviorque veniret ad aures. Spondees stabiles in jura patema recepit Commodus et patiens, non ut de sede secunda Cederet aut quarta socialiter. Hie et in Acci Nobilibus trimetris apparet rarus, et Enni In scenam missos cum magno pondere versus Aut operae celeris nimium curaque carentis, Aut ignoratae premit artis crimine turpi. Non quivis videt immodulata poemata judex, Et data Romanis venia est indigna poetis.* Paraphrase, comment, and illustrate. 13. * In Oratione Ciceronis quinta in Verrem scriptum fuit . . . quocunque venerint, hanc sibi rem prcesidio sperant futurum. Videbatur compluribus in extremo verbo menda esse : debuisse enim scribi putabant non futurum stdifuturam' (Zz.n futurum be justified either by example or by any analogy of language]^ 14. What do you know of the later didactic poets of Rome % ^ 15. Compare in detail the versification of Virgil with that of Lucretius.* \Dean Ireland's Scholarship^ 1858.] 1 Hor. A. P. 251. ' See Conington's Vergil^ vol. i. 389 2 See Kritz on Sail. Jug. 100, § 4— seqq. futurum quee imperavisset < See Munro's Lucretius, ii. 102-106. Exanimaiion Papers. Greek Critical Questions. 1. Sketch briefly the history of Greek lyric poetry, point- ing out the peculiarities which distinguish it from other forms of metrical composition, and the schools into which it natu- rally divides itself. To what extent were the latter local or national ? 2. The influence of Sicily on Attic literatiu-e. 3. Compare the Homeric with the Attic conception of the Trojans. 4. Show the affinity between the Greek, Latin, and Teu- tonic prepositions. 5. What is the force of conditional sentences with — d and indie, inprotasi; opt. with av in apodosi: d and opt. in protasi ; indie, in apodosi: idv with subj. in protasi; opt with av in apodosi: €1 and opt. with av in protasi; indie, in apodosi ? Give examples. 6. Give instances of the absence of illusion in the Greek drama. 7. To what extent do the Greek irregular verbs admit of classification % 8. Examine and illustrate the following expressions ; — a. x^ \i^v vca^wv Ktti "xpovi^ /M€t(i}v yeyws.^ d. Kol Twv aX.6vT(av kol KparrjcroLVTiov Bi)(a doyyds aKov€tv loTt.* C. KOL TrpOS T€ TTOLfJLVaS CKXpeTTO) a-V/XfJUKToi TC kitas aSacrra ^ovk6\(ov povprjiJiaTa.' d. 686s €S TttVTO AcA^wv KciTro AavA,(a$ ayei.* 1 Soph. O. C. 374. • Soph. Aj'ax, $4. * JEsch. A(r "Ji"?. * lb. O. R. 733 14 Examination Papers, e. TovTCDi/ Al^ao-' o rt /cat Suvaroi/ Ktti ^€/xis ati/etf, iratwv T€ yevov t^ctSc fiepiixvrjs.^ f. iSecrde X^P^"^ "^1^ SlttXtjv rvpavviSa TrarpoKTOvovs re Sw/xartov 7ropdrJToparj(TiVf (SSe TTWS ypd(j)(i)v' iSe (rot (TirevSo} Kva^^f3l to Acukov (XTTo ^A-a/xovo)!/ %XL\pas KvaKiUv. i8e (TOi ydvirTr]v Tvpov fxi^a^ €pv6p(^ likXiTi, Kara twv awv, Ilttv 8lK€pO}S, TtdcfiaL /?(U/ic3l/ dyicDi/. tSc (TOi ^pofiiov aWoira (fiXcyfiov Xel/So).^ Show that these lines cannot be by Thespis. 10. How does Kat come to mean ^^;/, ovhk not even? Ex- plain the difference between Kat €t and ct Kai 11. Point out and correct the errors in the following lines : — ^v/a6s Se TTO^' d/xos ovpav^ Kvpiov dvu> c/)a^€ TTLTTTii Kai fi€ Trpo(r^iiiVi.i Ta8c, yiyv(]i(TK€. Tdv9p(j)7r€ia firj crkfiiiv ayav. fi6vo instar, scelus, ira, sino, suadeo, si, absurdus? * See Varrotiiafius, cap. vi. § 4. Cicero, Phil. ii. § 19. Cf. Zuinpt, Lat - See Madvig's Opiisc. ii. 218 seq., esp. Gr, § 592. Madvig, § 344. p. »i9, as quoted in Mayor's note on Examination Papers. 1 7 3. IIoTc/oos, Itc/oos, k.t.A. Show the connexion between these words and the comparative adjective ; and illustrate from cognate languages. 4. What is the origin of IvcKa? What is its relation to ovi/€Ka % Explain the use of the latter with a genitive. 5. Etr' ovi/, ovr ovv. What is the force of ovv in these com- binations 1 6. Explain the use of the relative in the following : a. dvd' wv exei'S fi€v rwv avo) /SaXoiv Kara).* d. a Kot (rk Tcty avacrcrav eXiria-LV keyo} c. Quod te, per genium dextramque deosque penates, Obsecro et obtestor, vitae me redde priori.' 7. Explain the construction and use of o.v in the following : — a. a A, A,' ^A^€ yXv Srj tovto rovveidos rd^ av opyy PiaaSkv fxaXXov t] yvw/Ay <^pevCiv.* b. Qdpcref avii} TptSovXos, €K^aV€t KaK'q.^ C. T^v 'EAaretav KareAajScv, m ovS' av, €t ti yevoiTO, hi (TviMTrvevcrovrciiv vfxiav Kal twi/ 0i/^aia)v." 8. Explain and illustrate the following constructions : — a. Permagni nostra interest. b. Ut Numestio mandavi tecum ut ageret, item, atque eo, si potest, acrius, te rogo ut ad me advoles.' c. Auctoritate tua mihi opus est * d. Quod parato opus est, para. ' e. Ceteri vicem pecudum obtruncabantur. ^^ 9. Distinguish the different cases of Attraction, Apposition, and Cognate Accusative which occur in Greek. 10. Distinguish carefully between the uses of the Latin Imperfect and Perfect Subjunctive. 1 Soph. Ant. 1068. 4 Soph. O. T. 523. 8 Cic. ad Div. ix. 35. » lb. Track. 138. B Jb. 1062. » Ter. Atidr. iii. a. 43- » Hor. Ep. i, 7. 94. 6 Dem. De Cor. p. 284. AO Sallust. Fragm. 7 Cic. odAtt. ii. 24, § 4. B I Examination Papers. 11. Translate, with short notes : — a. €v^y\ii.ov ri[ko.p ov TrpeircL KaKayyeki^ y\iji(r[X.os ', * e. oiwvois yXvKvv %^aavpov €L(TopiO(TL Trpos X^P''^ /?opas.' /. vv^ yap iia-dyei KOL vv^ dirwOiL SiaSeSeyfJievq ttoi/ov.' £» TO ^v/KJiepov OVK dXXo Ti vo/xtVat r^ twi/ ^vfifidxtov Tots aya^or? oVaj/ act /?€/?atov t^j/ X°^P''^ ''^^ a/)€T^S eX***°^* Kttt TO TrapavTtKa ttov -qfiiv u)c{>€XifM)V KadiarrJTaL.'' h. Kpeicra-ovs Se ovTes aTravTCS Xoyicrfii^ Is to dv^XTTLo-Tov ToO j8e/3atov fi^ TraOiLv fJidXXov Trpoea-Koirovv rj ttlq-- Tcwat ISvvavTO.' /'. PifSaLOTcpos §€ 6 Spdcra^ t^v X^P'*' (uo~rc 6€LXofX€vriv 1 2. Translate and explain : — ^. Templa tescaque me ita sunto quoad ego caste lingua nuncupavero. 011a veter arbos, quirquir est, quam me sentio dixisse, templum tescumque finito in sinistrum. 011a veter arbos, quirquir est, quam me sentio dixisse, templum tescumque finito in dextrum. Inter ea corregione, conspicione, cortumione, utque ea rectissime sensi.*® » iCsch. A^-. 619. •♦ Soph. O. C. 308. » Thuc. iiL 83. a. » 16. 789. * lb. AfU. 29. » lb. iL 40. 4. » 76. 1329. « lb. Track. 29. ^° Varro. L. L. vi. 2. 7 Thuc. iii. 56. 7. Examination Papers. 19 h. C. Provocat me in aleam, ut ego ludam. Pono pallium. lUe suom anulum opposivit ; invocat Planesium. Fh. Meosne amores ? C Tace parumper. Jacit volturios quatuor : Talos arripio, invoco almam meam nutricem. Me Hercule, Jacto basilicumJ c. Cum reputarem quosdam ex debito aliquantum, quosdam aliquid, quosdam nihil reposuisse, nequa- quam verum arbitrabar quos non aequasset fides solutionis, hos benignitate remissionis sequare. Rursus ergo iis qui solverant ejus quod solverant decimam remisi. ^ d. Conjugis ut quondam flagrans advenit amore Protesilaeam Laodamia domum Inceptam frustra, nondum cum sanguine sacro Hostia caelestes pacificasset heros.' 13. What may be said for or against the following con- jectural emendations 1 — a. €L7r€p ©rSe Kivovvrac \6xot TT/Dos arifii, on the ground that Lichas had denied all know- ledge of the name and history of the captive referred to. e. Anne bonum oblita es facinus, quo regium adepta es Conjugium, quod non fortior ausit alisl' For *quod — fortior,' 'quo — fortius' has been sug- gested. / Quaeso, inquit mihi, mi Catulle, paulura Istos commoda, nam volo ad Serapin Deferri. Mane me, inquii puellae.' It has been proposed to read *commodum enim' for * commoda, nam,' and to omit 'me' after *mane.' 14. Give a history of the following passages in Virgil : — a. Munera laetitiamque dii.* ^. Non ego te, Ligurum ductor fortissime bello Transierim, Cinyra, et paucis comitate Cupavo. Cujus olorinse surgunt de vertice pennae. Crimen amor vestrum, formaeque insigne patemae.' c. Me nulla dies tam fortibus ausis Dissimilem arguerit : Tantum fortuna secunda, Haud ad versa cadat.« \Dean Ireland's Scholar ship y 1863.] 1 Soph. Track. 417. « Catull. x. 25. » Mn. x. 185. » Catull. IxvL 27. * Mn. L 636. » lb. ix. a8i. Examination Papers, 21 VIII. 1. *Vos exemplaria Graeca Nocturna versate manu, versate diurna.'* The good and bad effects of the influence of Greek models on Roman literature. 2. The epic and dramatic elements in Greek prose literature. 3. * Sophocles is of all the Greeks at once the most en- lightened and the most pious.' Examine this. 4. Enumerate the ordinary causes of corruption in mss. Give any canons of conjectural emendation, and examine their value. 5. *The Georgics of Virgil are a glorification of labour.' Examine this statement.* 6. The simplest and most primitive verbal notions are commonly expressed by irregular verbs. Give examples from various languages, and account for the fact 7. Origin of the elegiac metre. By what Greek writers was it used ] Compare the Greek and Roman elegy. IX. Questions to be Answered briefly. 1. Distinguish accurately the force of the compounds of quis. 2. Give instances of the various uses of the participle in — dus. 3. Give rules for the order of clauses in Latin. 4. Explain, with examples, the uses of ovkovv, jxkvroi, Katroi^ KOt fi-qv, KaiTrep, 8rj. 5. Compare Greek and Latin with respect to the preser- vation in them (i.) of the letters of the original language, ^ Hor. A. p. a68. * See Merivale's Pom.Emp. ch. xli Conington's Virg. i. i4i- 2 2 Examination Papers. (2.) of its vocabulary, (3.) of its inflexions, (4.) of its accen- tuation and quantity. 6. Analyse into their component elements the following words, pointing out the root, and the letters which are char- acteristic of the declension or conjugation, or of the case tense, or person, and those which are euphonic : — Sovparos, Xa/)i€VTos, TT^Xc^ooxra, pepulistiy noluerim^ audiendum^ musce, defim. 7. Account for the similarity of the dual in the second and third personal pronouns in Greek. 8. What are the Latin equivalents for the digamma and zeta 1 9. What are the principal points of difference between the Classical and the Romantic drama ? 10. Suggest etymological connexions of sudusj hispidus, Vejovis, vertex^ lustrum^ fastigiu7ti^ stips^ candidus; 'EvSv/Atwv, StaKTO/oos, aTacr^aXos, KapahoK^iv. 1 1. The characteristic differences between the language of Homer and that of later epic poets. 12. 6 ^ctos "O^rypo? — od^v 17 ^iir] pr]V dirofxa^afievT) ttoXXols a/ocras iiroirja-ev.^ What is the nature of the obligations of ^schylus to Homer? 13. Demophilus scripsit : Plautus vortit barbare.* Show from internal evidence that the comedies of Plautus were not mere versions. [Dean Ireland's Scholarships 1865.] X. General Questions. I. Contrast the state of society described in the Homeric poems with that of the age of Aristophanes. Quote passages in support of your view. 1 Ar. Ran. 1034. * PIa»'t- Asm. Prol tt Examination Papers. 23 2. How are the following names connected with the Homeric writings ? Apollonius Sophista, Aristarchus, Eusta- thius, Lycurgus, Pisistratus, Solon, Zoilus. Give dates. 3. What light do the extant plays of -^schylus throw on the character of the man % 4. Plautus generally speaks of his comedies as versions from the Greek. Quote passages to show that they are not mere versions. 5. How far was the literary taste of the ancients in agree- ment with our own % Illustrate this in the case of (i.) confusion of metaphors, (2.) stage-propriety, and (3.) weak and taste- less insertions. 6. Give a brief sketch of the history of Alexandrian literature. \Dean Ireland's Scholarships 1864] XI. Translate and explain — 1. Ot 8' €7r(l)^€A,€lV, ot Tov Trarpos, t^ ■Trarpl Svvdfievoi, to Spav ovK "qdikrja-av, d\X* Ittovs (r/Atic/ooiJ X^P"' (fivyais (rcf>tv €^i\os ', * 3. 'AAA' ov yap ovSi vovd€T€LV €^€(rri crc rj Trdcrav ltjs yAwcro-av, ws t-^v firjrepa KaKocrTOfJiovfiiv.^ 4. Oi Sk BoiWTOt d.Tr€.KpivavrOj ct pXv kv tq Botwrt'^ ilcriv, aTTiovras €/c r^s kavrOtv dTro€p€€7r^s fTvat drroKpi- vacrOai aTriovTas koI aTroAa^eti/ a aTraiTovcriv.* 5. a. Uapdvia-xov 8^ Kal ot €k t^s ttoXccds HAaTai^ airo Tov T€LXOvs pvKTOis TToXAovs TTpoTipov napccTKeva- CTfiivovs €S avTo TOVTo OTTWS d(racf)rj to. (rq/xiLa rrjs *f>pvKT(i)pLas TOts voXefiLOLS y Kal fxr] /SorjOouv.* b. "EScto-a /ii^ o-oi TToXe/xtos Aet^^cis 6 Trats T/)otav dOpoLcrr) Kal ^vvoiKta-y irdXiv' yv6vT€S 8' 'A^atot ^w^ra rTpta/ittStov riva ^pvyiov €S afav av^is aXpoiev otoXov.* C. To 8€ TrpOKXvCLV CTTCl yeVOlT* a|/ 7?AvO-tS TT/OO^at^CTW.* ^. IleTeTO TTVOt^S dv€fJiOLO.* C. Nvv Trao-t X^^P^> ^^^ H'^ "^^^ ao-TTtt^eTat.' //. 'HorrpaTTTC yopyiairov crcXas.' 7. d!. "lo-TW vvv Zevs avTos iptySoviros 7roo-ts "H/oiys ft^ /x€i/ TOts t7nroL(riv dvrjp e7ro)(iyo"€Tai aAAos.* ^. /jid yjjv, /Att TraytSas, fta ve^cAas, /xa StKTva, /x>7 'yo) v6r)ixa Ko/xxJ/OTepov rJKOvcrd irta.^'^ 8. a. OvSlvt Tpoirtj) i^apXv cKorras dSiKrjTcov ctvat.** ^. *EA€i/ryv Krdvta/xfv Mci/cAey Av7n;v TriKpdv.^^ C. 2u Kttt SiKaiiov aSiKovs p€vas irapaa-Trj-S hrl Aw^Sji.*' rt?l *Ic/t)a Kat oo-tou" ^. ^lATttTov TO (Toi' Ka/oa. 9. «. Ut silvae foliis pronos mutantur in annos, Prima cadunt : sic verborum vetus interit aetas, Et juvenum ritu florent modo nata vigentque.^* 1 Thucyd. iv. 99. • Homer, Iliadxix. 207, ** Plat Crito. 49. A. « lb. iii. 22. 8. ' Soph. O. T. 596. >» Eurip. Or«^ 1105. 8 Eur. /^^c. 1 1 38. • .Ksch. Pr^jw. f^/w^ 356. i» Soph. y<«/. 791. « iEsch. Ag. 251, Dind. • Homer, Iliad^ x. 329. '♦ Thucyd. ii. 52. 3. » Homer, lliady iii. 206. ^' Ar. Aves^ 194. '• Hor. A. P. 60. Examination Papers, 25 b. Penitus toto divisos orbe Britannos.* 10. a. (Deferri.) Mane me, inquii puellae.' b. Vale, Vale, inquit, lola.' c. Tu cave nostra tuo contemnas carmina fastu.* 11. a. Troum socia arma secutum, Obruerent Rutuli telis, animam ipse dedissem.» b. Hie unde vitam sumeret inscius pacem duello miscuit.' 12. a. Non missura cutem nisi plena cruoris hirudo.' b. Sicut unus paterfamilias his de rebus loquor." c. In denso non segnior ubere Bacchus.' d. Numquam omnes hodie moriemur inulti.^® e. Neque enim plus septima ducitur aestas.** /. lUe suo cum gurgite flavo accepit venientem." g. Expertae metuens jurgia saevitiae.^* h, Ut meus oblito pulvis amore vacet** /. Quum ilium plumbeo gladio jugulatum iri tamen diceret." k. Tertius, immundae cura fidelis harae." /. Suscipere sordes — Pedibus fulcire pruinas — Re- coctus scriba ex quinqueviro — Rubra canicula fmdet infantes statuas — ^Accipit endromida — Aliena vivere quadra — Comes exterior — Prae- varicator — Quadruplator. ^ ^ 13. For an epigram in Greek or Latin : — Sol Pictor (Photography). \I)ean Ireland's Scholarships 1866.] 1 Virg. EcL L 67. « Hor. Carm. iii. 5. 37. 11 VIrg. Georg. iv. 207. s CatulL X. 27. 1 Ih. A. P. ult 1» lb. ^n. ix. 816. « Virg. EcL iu. 79. ' Cic. De Orat. i. 29, § 132. l» Propert. i. 3. 18. 4 Propert L 7. 25. • Virg. Georg. ii. 275. 1* lb. i. 19. & » Virg. ^n. xi. 161. " lb. */^n. ii. 670. " Cic. ad Att. i. 16, \ a !• Ovid, Heroid. i. 104. * How is this parodied by Horace t 1^ Tac Ann. iv. 52. Prop. i. 8. 7. Hor. Hor. .S". ii. 5. 17. Cic. in Pis. \o. 23, ct S. ii. 5. 55. lb. 39. Juv. iii. 101. lb, v. 2. alibi. Liv. iii. 72, et alibi. 26 Examination Papers. XII. Explain and lUusirate the f dlowing passages : — 1. oh\ TTip vX,Xvk\a TO. ixkv t' avcfxos x^l^o-Sis X"t, aAA.a 5e ^' vX.rj TTjXedooya-a cfiV€L, capos 8' kiriyiyveTai (oprj. (al. w/^y.) (OS dvSpQv ycv€^ "q fx€v ^V€i, 17 5' diroki^yci.^ 2. Aimttj 7rw9 av kol virep ^cov elpvao-aicrOe *IAiov atTTCtVT^v ; ws 81) rSov dvepas dkXovs Kapret re ardevet re TreTroiOoTas -qvoper) re TrXrjOet re a-^erkp(^ /cat vTrepSea Syj/Jiov €)(ovTas. •qfiiv Se Zevs fxev ttoXv (^ovXerai rj Aavaota-iv viKTjV dW avTOi T/oetr' dcnrerov ovSk pd^ecrOe* 3. (3 '08v(r€v, TO pev ovrt cr' eta-Kopev eia-opooyvres •qirepoTrrjd t' e/xev Kat cTrtKAoTToi/, ota re voWovs /SocTKeL yata pekaiva TroXva-Trepeas dvOpdjirovs ^ev8ed t' dprvvovras odev k€ tis ovSe iSoiro' (Tol 8' Itti /u,€1/ poprj €7r€(i)i/, €i/t Sc peve<5 ecrdkai* 4. TO yct/D OTKOTCtvov Tcov €vepT€p(i)v fSeXos Ik TrpocrrpoTratiov ev yevet TreTTTCOKorcov, Kat A,vo-(ra kol pdraios Ik vvktwi/ <^^o9 opQvra Xaprrpov ev o-zcory vw/xwvt' 6pvVf KLvei, rapdora-ei.* 5. K€t /A€i/ ^o/?€tTai rovTTLKkrjp^ V7re^ekii}v avros KaO* avrov' 7reLaLve Kal ol avX-Xoyov twv ein/SareoiV iroirjo'd' pevoL irpo'qyopeve ev eyovra pev €k iravrtov Gc/xMrro/cAcr/s, toI 8e lirca 17V TrdvTa Kpearcro) roiai ecra-oa-i dvrirtOepeva. ocra Sk ev » Homer, //. vi. 146. » Od. xl 363. » Soph. O. ^. 227. « /*. xvii. 327. ♦ iEsch. ChoHph. 277 (Paley). < lb. £'/^c/. 466. Examination Papers. 27 a.vQpi^yKOv (fiva-i kol Karaarroia-i kyyiviTat. rrapa(,V€(Tas /3ovA,ev(ra/A€»/ovs* avTo^ev 6c irapaa-KCvy o^«)X/0€^ €7ri€vat, yvovras ort ttoAv tc aTro t^s "^fierepas avrwv ficWofJLev TrXeiv, koI ovk €V t(^ o/xoii^ o-TpaTeva-dfjievoi Kal ovk iv TOis rySe vTrqKoots ^vjj.p.axot rjXSeTe kirl rtva, odiv p^Siai at KOfxi- Sal €K TTJs L\[as <5v irpoa-khti^ aA.A,' cs aXXoTpiav Traa-av dirap- T7J(ravT€v tu)v xcLfxcpiviov ayyeXov 9. Nate dea, — nam te majoribus ire per altum Auspiciis manifesta fides — sic fata Deum rex Sortitur, volvitque vices, is vertitur ordo.» 10. Jupiter ipse duas aequato examine lances Sustinet, et fata imponit diversa duorum ; Quem damnet labor, et quo vergat pondere letum.* 1 1. Amicus dulcis, ut aequum est, Cum mea compenset vitiis bona, pluribus hisce, Si modo plura mihi bona sunt, inclinet, amari Si volet ; hac lege in trutina ponetur eadem.* 12. Alter rixatur, de lana ssepe caprina, Propugnat nugis armatus ; * scilicet ut non Sit mihi prima fides, et vere quod placet ut non Acriter elatrem, pretium setas altera sordet.' • 13. Alia sententia, asperior in speciem, vim minorem aliquanto habuit, quae patricios coire ad prodendum inter- regem jubebat ; censendo enim quoscunque magistratus esse qui senatum haberent judicabat ; quos privates fecerat auctor nuUius senatus consult! faciendi.' l^Dean Ireland's Scholarships 1869.] » Hdt. viii. 83. 8 Virg. /En. iiL 374, « Hon Ep. i. i8. 15. ' Thuc. vi. 21. ♦ lb. xii. 725. 7 Liv. iii. 40. * Hon S. i. 3. 69. 28 Examination Papers. XIII. 1. By what methods has it been sought to arrive at the * fundamental meaning ' of the several cases 1 2. State and exemplify the chief rules of euphony which relate to the aspirates (Sao-eiai) in Greek. Are there any * aspirates,' in the Greek sense, in Latin ? 3. Trace the connexion between the different meanings of the following words, with illustrative quotations : — inrapxeiv, VTTo/JaAXetv, 7rp6a(ris, d^Ltoixa, fi€T€ II. (i.) What changes did Horace introduce in the Sapphic- and Alcaic metres 1 (2.) Describe the metres of the following lines — 1 Phaedrus, ii. 5. 25. ' Virg. Mn. vii. ult » Liv. [See Zumpt, t,at. » Hor. S. i. 6. 12. « Juv. xi. 30. Gr. § 464.] « Virg. Mn. ix. 385. "> lb. xii. 53. l» Tac. Ann. xii. 18. [A*. « /*. X. 13. • Pen vi. ulr. % 459.] Examination Papers. 33 a. Signa esse ad salutem omnia huic esse video. b. Ut malis gaudeant atque ex incommodis. c. Miserarum est neque amori dari ludum neque dulci. d. Super alta vectus Atys celeri rate maria. e. Ad te ad venio, spem, salutem, consilium, auxilium expetens. (3.) What new principle of rhythm makes its appearance, sparingly in Tua sunt, Tua, Rector, utraque {neut, plur.) Tibi copula jungitur horum, etc. (Prudent.) and exclusively in * Dies irae, dies ilia,' etc. 1 * 1 2. What position did Nsevius occupy in Roman literature % 13. Indicate the characteristics of the 'silver' age of Latinity. 14. Describe a Roman town-house; adding illustrative quotations, and explanations of the following words : — im- pluviupij tablinum, pulvinar^ solarium^ exedra^ posticum^ lectus adversuSy mensce secunda. 15. Translate the following inscription (found near Lyons) : — HAVE MODII HAVE GEMINA DHS MANIB ET MEMORIAE SEPTICIAE GEMINAE FEMINAE SANCTISS VNIVSQ. MARITA [ ] I MODIVS ANNIANVS CONIVGI. KARISSIMAE SVIQ. AMANTISSIM QVAE VIXIT CVM EO IN MATRIMONIO ANNIS XXX. ET SIBI VIVVS FECIT AMICE LVDE lOCA RE VENI [Hertford Scholarships 1862.] 1 See Introduction to Archbishop Trench's Sacred Latin Poetry. C 34 Examination Papers. XV. Translate, explain, and illustrate : — a. Ergo iter inceptum celerant ruraore secundo.^ b. Sic o, sic positum affati discedite corpus.' c. Intenti expectant signum, exultantiaque haurit Corda pavor pulsans, laudumque arrecta cupido.' d. Quisque suos patimur manes.* e. Qualis ubi ad terras abrupto sidere nimbus It mare per medium.* f. ^milio dabitur quantum licet, .... .... stlataria purpura filo." g. Haec cum legas, tum bellus ille et urbanus Suffenus, unus caprimulgus aut fossor Rursus videtur : tantum abhorret, ac mutat.' h. Negligis immeritis nocituram Postmodo te natis fraudem committere ? Fors et Debita jura, vicesque superbae Te maneant ipsum : precibus non linquar inultis, Teque piacula nulla resolvent.' /. Crescit indulgens sibi dims hydrops. Nee sitim pellit, nisi causa morbi Fugerit venis, et aquosus albo Corpore languor." k. Quod si meis inaestuet praecordiis Libera bilis, ut haec ingrata ventis dividat Fomenta vulnus nil malum levantia, Desinet imparibus certare suramotus pudor.* 10 1 Virg. Mn. viii. 90. * Virg. /En. vi. 743. « Hor. C. 1. 28. « lb. ii. 644. * Jf>- xii. 451- * lb. ii. 2. » lb. V. 137. • Juv. vii. 124. 10 lb. Epod. » 7 CatuIL xxii. 9. Examination Papers. 35 /. Ac ne me foliis ideo brevioribus omes Quod timui mutare modos et carminis artem : Temperat Archilochi Musara pede mascula Sappho, Teinperat Alcaeus, sed rebus et ordine dispar, Nee socerum quaerit, quem versibus oblinat atris, Nee sponsae laqueum famoso carmine nectit.* 2. * In the Spanish and Italian languages the nouns seem to be derived from the accusative case of the Latin equivalent.' Can you account for this at all from the form and uses of the Latin accusative ? 3. The defects of the style of Tacitus. 4. Is any practical inconvenience felt in Latin from the absence of a definite article ? Point out the chief differences from Greek Syntax which are traceable to its absence. 5. Account for the a.i>paxent geni^ivus loci. 6. The hexameter in the hands of Lucretius, Catullus, and Virgil. 7. Illustrate from Juvenal the relations between patron and client." \Hertford Scholarship^ 1864.] XVL Critical Questions. I. Translate accurately into English, explaining, where necessary, the meaning of the word vicis : — a. Testor, in occasu vestro nee tela nee ullas Vitavisse vices Danaum.» b. Sic fata deum rex Sortitur, volvitque vices ; is vertitur ordc* 1 Hor. Episi. i. ig. 26. • Virg. yEn. ii. 43a. * See Juv. i. 95, 1x8; iii. 249. \. passim, * Ji, uL 375. o 6 Examination Papers. c. Hac vice sermonum roseis Aurora quadrigis Jam medium setherio cursu trajecerat axem.» d. Omnis per muros legio sortita periclum Excubat, exercetque vices, quod cuique tuendum est.* e. Venena magnum fas nefasque non valent Convertere humanam vicem.' /. Pessimus quisque adversus publicum odium pri- vatam gratiam prseparat ; unde nulla innocentiae cura, sed vices impunitatis.* g. Remittimus hoc tibi, ne nostram vicem irascaris.* h. Ceteri vicem pecudum obtruncabantur.^ /. Non ad suum pertinere officium rati, quando divisae professionum vices essent.' 2. Give the derivations or affinities of the following words, noticing any philological peculiarities : — tripudium, fulvus, oliniy rorariuSf callis, equus^ sponte^ meridie^ coram^ sibylla, plumbum^ prosa, peritus^ qfficina. 3. Is there any reason for believing that the last syllable of the third person singular of verbs was ever pronounced long % Quote passages which bear upon the point. 4. Illustrate the art of Virgil in heightening effect by con- trast 5. Translate into Latin : — On the tenth day of May, when I was receiving morning visitors, one of my freedmen, who three months before had contracted to build a villa at Grumentum, a town of Lucania, informed me that he had failed in business. I found on in- quiry that, having been summoned by one of his creditors the day before, he had been received to bail, and his case had been adjourned. Accordingly I paid forty-three thousand five hundred and nineteen sesterces to his account at the bank, 1 Virg. yC«. vi. 535. « Hor. Epod. v. 87. « Sail. Hist. Fragnt. » lb. ix. 174 * Tac. Hist. i. 72. ^ Quinctil. i. Prooem. 5 a * Liv. xxxiv. 32. Examination Papers. 37 and he has promised to pay me 1 2 per cent, interest, if he cannot borrow from some one else to repay me : but I fear it will prove a bad debt* 6. Explain and illustrate by other examples the force of the preposition in the following passages : — a. Romae et ad urbem quserere ccepit. Homo non ad caetera Punica ingenia callidus. Hie multum fleti ad superos belloque caduci Dardanidae.^ b. E natura vivere ; e republica esse ; e vestigio profi- cisci. c. Madida cum veste gravatus.* Cum multa venustate Lucilius (tractat). d. Ea (fortuna) ne i?i potestatem quidem Populi Romani erat Nilus in aestatem crescit e. Non hoc primum audit privatus de inimico, reus ab accusatore. 7. Explain the nature and origin of the terminations in the following words : — radicitm^ ifide, 7iupsi, monuiy amare (infin.), amarier^ amatum (supine), tegmen^ Prosepnais. 8. Describe the leading characteristics of Seneca's tra- gedies, and show what influence they have had on modern literature. 9. ^ Ni pro ne antiqui ponebant.' Can this dictum be substantiated by any forms of expression that you remember % Do ve and que ever exchange meanings ? • 1 A. d. vi. Id. Mai., quum mane mecum gentos etiam undeviginti nummos, qui illi essent salutantes, conturbasse se certio- in pecuniam acceptam referantur, apud rem me fecit ex libertis meis quidam, qui, mensam publicam collocavi, cujus pecuniae, tribus ante mensibus, Grumenti, quod in nisi per versuram solvendo sit, centesimas LucaniS est oppidum, villam aedificandam usuras daturus est : at ne* impeditum no- conduxerat. Ab creditorum nescio quo men vereor. pridie postulatum, interposito vadimonio, * Senec. De Ben. v. aa. Aul. Cell. Iv. 9. ampliatfique re, liberum eum factum au- 3 a. and c. Virg. yEn. vi. 481. 359. divi. H.S. igitur quadraginta tria, quin- 3 bcrvius. See Karr<;«/a««j, cap. x. § 7. o 8 Examination Papers. 10. *The tendency in the growth of words and their meanings is from the special to the more general' Examine this, and illustrate it by instances in I^atin. 11. Translate and explain the following passages, with re- ference to the topography of ancient Rome : — a. Te quaesivimus in minore Campo, Te in Circo, te in omnibus libellis, Te in templo superi Jovis sacrato, In Magni simul ambulatione.* b. Janiculum huic, illi fuerat Saturnia nomen.« c. Cedere namque foro jam non est deterius, quam Esquilias a ferventi migrare Suburra.' d. Et Carmentalem Romano nomine portam Quam memorant."* e. Substitit ad veteres arcus madidamque Capenam.* /. Foro nimium distare Carinas Jam queritur.' g. Roscius orabat sibi adesses ad Puteal eras.' 12. For a Latin epigram : — * Pereant male, qui ante nos nostra dixerunt/ " {Hertford Scholarship, 1866.] XVII. I. Translate and explain briefly: — Miraris quod Hermes libertus meus hereditarios agros, quos ego jusseram proscribi, non exspectata auctione, pro meo quin- cunce ex septingentis millibus Corelliae addixerit. Adjicis 1 Catull. 55 3 6 Juv. Hi. ii. [Cf. Mart, « DonatusonTer. Eun. Prol. « Virg. yffn. viii. 358. iiu47. !•] 41- Hieron. on Ecclesiast. » Juv. xi. 5a « Hor. Ep. i. 7- 48. i- 9- * Virg. Mn. viii. 338. ^ lb. 5". iu 6. 35- [See, in illustration of the above, Smith's Dictionary o/Geosrraphy, vol. u., s. v. Roma, pp. 834 ; 816, 842 ; 761 ; 840 ; 822, 824; 751 ; 755 ; 788.] Examination Papers. 39 posse eos nongentis millibus venire, ac tanto magis quaeris an quod gessit ratum servem.* Pro quingentis millibus nummum quae in alimenta ingenu- orum promiseram agrum ex meis longe pluris actori publico mancipavi : eundem vectigali imposito recepi tricena millia annua daturus. Per hoc enim at reipublicae sors in tuto, nee reditus incertus, et ager ipse, propter id quod vectigali large supercurrit, semper dominum a quo exerceatur inveniet.' Scis te non subscripsisse mecum, et jam biennium transisse, omniaque me usucepisse.* 2. The practical genius of the Romans is said to have led them to express their thoughts as much as possible through the concrete, rather than through the abstract and ideal. State your opinion on the subject, and illustrate it from the phenomena of the language. 3. How far can we arrive at the orthography of the Augustan age % How are the following words spelt in the best authori- ties : — drachma^ coelum^ coena, caetera^ imperator, colligere^ atque, iinquunij libet^ humor ? 4. What are the various possible modifications of action in the Indicative Mood ? What are the chief points in which the Latin tense-system is deficient 1 5. Account for the form, and state and explain the uses, of the Gerunds and Supines. 6. State, and illustrate by quotation, constructions permis- sible in Poetry, not allowed in Prose. 7. To what periods of the life of Horace do you refer the composition of the Book of Epodes and the Books of Satires and Epistles 1 Confirm your view by reference to and quota- tions from the evidence on the subject contained in those books and in the Odes. 1 Plin. £■/. vii. ii. « lb. vii i8. ' Ih. y. i 40 Examination Papers, 8. Translate, criticise, and explain : — a. Tu si hie sis aliter sentias.* b. Cum temere anguino creditur ore manus.' c. Liceat dare tuta per undas vela tibi.» d. Munere isto Odissem te odio Vatiniano.* e. Haud equidem credo quia sit divinitus illis Ingenium et rerum fato prudentia major.' / Semper in irata pallidus esse velim/ g. Quid hoc populi obtineri potest % h. Mancus et extinctae corpus non utile dextrae.^ /. Aut si quis posita judex sedet ^acus urna In mea sortita vindicet ossa pila.' 9. What various readings do we find in the following pas- sages? — a. Libra die somnique pares ubi fecerit horas.' b. Cum diva mater alites ostendit occinentes.^" c. Post hoc ludus erat culpa potare raagistra." d. Hie Asianorum vetera omamenta deorum." e. Inter se foliis strepitant.^' 10. Explain and illustrate the uses of the following words : — lenttis^ reponOy improbus^ ambitiosuSy ultro, vescor^ nataies, igitur, induo. 1 1 . Discuss the etymology of entertain^ country, right, arrive, battle, advantage, mystery, spice, age, island, U7icle, forest, wasp, 12. What were the causes, nature, and extent of the influ- ence of Alexandria upon Roman literature? What Greek writers were laid under contribution by Lucretius, Catullus, and Virgil ? {Hertford Scholarship, 1868.] 1 Ter. Andr. ii. i. lo. 8 virg. G. i. 415. » Virg. G. I. 208. 3 Propert. v. 8. 10 (ed. « Propert. iv. 8. 28 (ed »« Catull. xxv. 5. Paley). Paley). " Hor. Serm. ii. 2. 123. » Virg. j^n. V. 796. ' Juv. iii. 48. 1' Juv. iii. 218. « Catull. xiv. 3. 8 Propert. v. 11. 19 (cd. i' Virg. G. i. 413. Paley). Examination Papers. 41 XVIII. 1. * A cycle of legends might well have gathered around the fall of Alba, such as was woven around the conquest of Ilion, and every community and every noble gens of Latium might have discovered or inserted the story of its own origin there. But this result never took place, and Italy remained without national poetry or art.'* * The Romans, before the introduction of Greek literature, possessed national epic poems, which, in power and brilliancy of imagination, leave everything produced by the Romans in later times far behind them.'* Discuss these two statements, and give the arguments generally advanced for the latter theory. 2. Distinguish between the meanings of agnosco and cognosce — antiquus and vetus — hruma and hiems — bustum and rogus — conjugium and connubium—prcenomm, agnomen^ and cognomen — libertus and libertinus — rete and plaga—poculum and crater — cyathus and cantharus — Tartartis^ Erebus^ and Orcus. 3. Describe a Roman banquet of the Augustan age, illus- trating your description by quotations. 4. Explain and illustrate whatever is remarkable in con- struction or meaning in the following passages : — a. Hie tibi, quae semper, vicino ab limite sepes, Hyblaeis apibus florem depasta salicti, Srepe levi somnum suadebit inire susurro.* b. Idem ter socios pura circumtulit unda.* c. Per pedes trajectus lora tumentes.* d. Tardaque Eleusinae matris volventia plaustra/ e. Fac tibi patemae legis Aciliae veniat in mentem.'' 1 Mommsen. 3 Virg. Eel. i. 54. ^ Virg. G. i. 163. 2 Niebuhr. * lb. ^n. vi. 339. ^ Cic. Verr. \. 17. 51. * lb. ii. 373. 42 Exa^nination Papers. f. Tu non solvendo eras.* g. Uxor invicti Jovis esse nescis.' h. Quisque suos patimur Manes.' /. Cautos nominibus rectis expendere nummos.* k. Difficile est proprie communia dicere.' 5. Had Lucretius a fair right to complain of * Patrii Ser- monis Egestas'?' 6. Quote instances of (i.) the * curiosa felicitas ' of Horace, (2.) the love of alliteration in Latin.' 7. With what words in Latin or in other languages may the following words be radically connected, and by what laws of phonetic change ? — cornUy lacryma^ viginti, plebes^ litus^ mare, aratrumy anas, vespa^ voluptas, suavis, Jilius, forceps. 8. Explain the terms : — quadruplator^ tribus prcErogativa, antestari, vadimonium sistere, lex curiata de imperio, confdrreatiOj primipilus. 9. 'The student of Virgil may be said to enjoy a singular advantage in the preservation of those works of Greek poetry which his author professes to have imitated.* Mention the Greek works here referred to, and indicate the chief points of contrast between them and the works of Virgil. 10. By what Latin poets are the following metres used % give the rules applicable to them, and produce an example of each :— Saturnian ; Trochaic Tetrameter Catalectic ; Scazon ; Phalaecian Hendecasyllabic ; Galliambic. At what date did accent come to be substituted for quantity in Latin verse 1 11. What reason is there for believing a seventh case, viz., a locative, to have existed in Latin % 12. Turn into Oratio Obliqua, explaining the reasons for each change of mood, tense, etc. : — Heraclea, filia Hieronis, has preces addidit, * Ne me innoxiam I Cic. 2 Phil. 2. I 4. * Hon Epist. iu i. 103. • See Prof. Munro's Lucrt- ' Hon C. iii. 27. 73. • lb. A. P. 128. tius, iL 100-102. » Virg. /En. vl 743. ^ lb. \\. 106. Examination Papers. 43 invidia Hieronymi conflagrare sinatis. Nihil ego ex regno ejus praeter exilium viri habeo : neque fortuna mea eadem vivo Hieronymo fuit, quae sororis ; neque interfecto eo causa eadem est Quid ? quod, si Andranodoro consilia processissent, ilia cum viro fuit regnatura ; mihi cum caeteris serviendum. Si quis Zoippo nuntiet interfectum Hieronymum, ac liberatas S)rracusas, cui dubium est quin extemplo conscensurus sit navim atque in patriam rediturus ? Quantum spes hominum falluntur ! In liberata patria conjux ejus ac liberi de vita dimicant ; quid obstantes libertati aut legibus ? Quod a me cuiquam periculum, a sola ac prope vidua, et puellis in orbitate degentibus est 1 At enim periculi quidem nihil a me timetur : invisa tamen regia stirps est. Ablegate ergo procul ab Syra- cusis, et asportari Alexandriam jubete, ad virum uxorem, ad patrem filias.'^ [Hertford Scholarship, 1869.] XIX. 1. The influence of Comparative Philology on Greek and Latin scholarship. 2. The limits of conjectural emendation. 3. The manner in which metres are affected by the charac- ter of languages, as exemplified in the Greek, Latin, and English hexameter. 4. *0 yelp lo-ToptKos KoX 6 iroitfTri^ ov t^ tJ €fifi€rpa Acyctj/ rj afierpa hia^kpova-iv e'r] yap av to. *H/)o5otov eis fihpa Tidkvaij kolX ovSci/ yJTTov av eirj IdTopta.^ Examine this. What then is the essential difference between poetry and prose (using the words as they are commonly used) 1 and how far is metre a necessary condition of the former?* i See Liv. xxiv. 26. * Sec Ar. Poft. 9 init 44 Examination Papers, 5. The progress of criticism and philology as illustrated by the names of Erasmus, Scaliger, Bentley, Niebuhr. 6. How far are the usages of syntax capable of being ex- plained on philosophical principles % \Craven Scholarships^ 186 1.] XX. 1. By what considerations would you determine the authority of a MS.I 2. The Roman character in Latin poetry. 3. How far is it true to say that the science of Language is one of the physical sciences % 4. The decay of Greek literature illustrated from Polybius, Dionysius of Halicamassus, Lucian, Athenaeus, or any of them. 5. Is it easier to render idiomatic English into Greek or Latin % Give reasons for your answer. 6. Compare the prospects and character of classical scholar- ship in the sixteenth century and in the nineteenth. \Craveft Scholarships^ 1862.] XXL 1. Estimate the gain to our knowledge of Greek and Latin from the comparative study of their dialectical varieties. 2. The place of the science of grammar in the history of Greek philosophy. 3. The nature and use of caesura in Greek and Latin metres, 4. The influence of the foreign or domestic politics of Athens on the choice and treatment of subjects by the tragedians. 5. What is Aristotle's analysis of the effects of tragedy I On what psychological principles does it depend 1 Examination Papers. 45 6. Is there any reason to think that the religious ideas and practices of the Greeks are inadequately represented in their literature] 7. fivOos 5' IcTTiv cfs, ov;( oiairep rives otovrai, cav Trepl €va y' iroXAa yap kol air€ipa r<^ ykvet crvfijSatvei, c^ cSv kvimv ovhkv €(mv €V, 6 8k "OfArjpoSj wtrirep kol to. aAAa 8ia€p€i, Kal tovt' €OiK€ KaAws tSctv, rjToi 8ia T€)(^vrjv rj Slot s (ikXria-ra ra irpoa-qKovTa kKaT€p(^ ^fiwv 8iaTrpdTT€$LfX€V(i}v ctti Tn^fxacrt TrtTTTovr'.* If. ovK eo"^' OTTWS Ae^ai/Ai to, xfevSTJ KaAa.' ^. Kavrav^ 6 irats Svcm^vos out' oSvp/xdriov cA-eiTrer' ovSei/ a/>t<^t vtv yow/Acros, ovt' dfJi(fiL7rt'7mt}v CTTOfxaa-LV.* d. OV SpaTT^TTIV TOV KkrjpOV CS fl€rj r^v kXevOepiav vofii^d) c7rLcfi€p€LV, €t TO Trdxpiov Trapets to irXkov tois oAtyot? ly TO €Aao"crov TOts rracrt 8ovA(oo"ai/jtt.* 3. Notice the dialectic peculiarities in the following passages : — a. (f>povTL^avXoT€pr]Vj '7rafi(f>opoiT€pr]v Se* a/xa 8k TLfxuypCrjv t€ Kot TLO-iv yLvoficvrjv 810 v/i€as eyw crvveAc^a iva to vo€0) Trp'qcra-eiv virepdeiofiaL vfilv . . . . ov yap 8rj Xiopyjv ye ov8€fii'qv KaToxfeTaL 6 iJAios ofiovpov €ov€as vdaras eyw dfia vp.LV p.Cav X^pr)v ^^o-a>.' b. hrodovv TV, vat tov <^iAiov, ^Trep parkpa, dAA' (o irovqpd KiitpC ddXiov narpos dpj3dT€ noTTav pd88av a^x' tvprjT€ tra 1 iEsch. A V. 766. * Soph. y4«^ 593. ^ Soph. >4>fl.r, 1^85. 5 73. 960. » iEsch. Ag. 603. « Thucyd. iv. 86. » Xcn. *Oec. 7, § 29. « Soph. rmrA. 936. • Hdt. viL 8. i. * See Breitenbacb in /lor. Examination Papers, 47 Q.KoveTov St], TTore^eT Ifuv rav yaa-repa. TrmipoL Trejrpaa-OaL ^pj/SStT* "q ttclvtJv KaKws j* r. *H Se ^iTwv* €v8v(ra Atos V€€kr]y€p€Tao T€V)(€X6y€a iroa-l ^>J(r€To, Aa^cro 8' €y;(os, B^i^v, fi€yaj (TTilSapov, t(^ Sdfxvrjo'L o"Ti;(as dvS/awv *H/)cua>v TOio-tV T€ KOTCo-o-erat o^pLpLoirarp-q.^ 4. Account for the mood in the following passages : — Socrates dicere solebat, omnes in eo quod scirent esse eloquentes. Rex imperavit ut quae bello opus essent pararentur. Deum invocantes cujus ad solenne venissmt. Populus Romanus sibi tribunos creavit per quos contra senatum et consules tutus tssQ posset. Si fato omnia yf««/, nihil nos admonere potest ut cauti- ores simus. Redeam ? non si me ohsecret. 5. Explain cerarium facere^ heres ex asse, comperendinare reum^ cernere hereditatem, legem rogare^ quaterdecies millies, vadari reum, vadimonium sisiere^ testimonium denuntiare — aXpdv Slktjv, rrpo- ^oXri, irpo/SovXevixa, e^ovXrjs Sikyj, Tra/oavo/AWv ypat^-q, Slkt) art/xT^TOS. 6. ovK 0T8' av el 7r€to-at/Ai. To which verb does av belong, and for what reason ? Illustrate the position of the particle from Thucydides." 7. Explain the construction of — a. Totoio-Se Toi VI V d^iw TrpoacjiOiyfiaa-iv.^ b. Kttt yap ovv K€tv7jv taov €7raiTit3/Aat rov^e /SovXevcraL rd^v.' C, €K€LVOS veifxev ifxol Tepxpiv o/xtAcii/.' d. €v dya6ol '^MX.'Med. 941. Cf. Ale. vi. i. 10. • Find. Pyth.x. in. « iEsch. Ag. 876. 48 ' Examination Papers. e. oKovo) LaXos, ivBeUXos, r)tocts. 1 Soph. Ant. looi. ' See SS. Matt. xxii. 13. • Soph. Aj'ax, 1241. > iEsch. Choeph. 402, MIc vii. 3 ; xiv. 72. Luke 10 Thucyd. iii. 95. 2. Cf. « See Zumpt, Lat. Gr.^ vi. i. Mk. vi. 4a L 137. 7. See Donalds. Gk. § 661. « Soph. Ant. 686. Gr., \ 534. « Plaiit. Pan. v. 5. 29. et "> lb. Aj'ax, 1331. " Soph. Elect. 436. alibi. ' lb. Elect. 1166. M Odyss. xi. 613. i Examination Papers, 49 XXIII. Critical Questions. 1. Does the Homeric language exceed or fall short of later Greek in variety of construction and play of idiom % 2. Explain the force of /a^ in the following passages : — a. iiri 6rjvaL fiaxQ ; * b. TcActav \f^7J<^ov S.pa fxr) KXvoiv T^s fj.€X\ovv/xoVf irarpl Xvo-oralviav 7rdp€i j * c. ^cAo) TrvdetrdaLj firj 'irl rots TrdXai KaKois irpoa-KeLfJLivSv rt Trrjixa crrjv Safe vet p€va* d. SeSocKa yap p.^ rovs KaOecrroiTas vopovs apicTTov "Q (rut^ovra rov ^iov reX^lv.^ e. pr] irapys to prj ov ^pdcrai.^ f. ov prj 8v(rp€vqs ccct s/ /i. 6t^ ovSkv (jjv Tov prjSkv dvreo-njs vircp.* /'. OTt i7/)^a, prj OLTroSTjpT^a-b} ; • k. prf vvv poL v€p€(rrj(r€T* 'OXvpiria. Siopar' €)(0VT€Sy prjS' 6<{>€Xes Xta-a-eadaL dpvpova ILrjXiicjva^'^ 3. Is the infinitive strictly to be called a Mood ] Compare its powers in Greek and Latin. 4. Account for the forms Svo-cto, xp^vot, pevaopai, pXiaarKia, avSpa, vidif rettulit, urbiuniy musce (gen.), amavero, cecini. 5. To what extent do the present and historical tenses retain their distinctive force in the subjunctive and optative moods ? 1 iEsch. Pers. 346. * Soph. O. R. 283. « Soph, Ajax, 1231. a Soph. Ant. 632. « Eur. Med. 1151. » See Liddell and Scott • Yaxx. Heracl. 48a. ' Ar. K«/. 854. Q.i.Ach. s.v. apxui u. 3, and s.v. * Soph. Ant. 1113. (See Mr. 176, and Paley on ^sch. mij C. Shilleto's Dem. F. Z.. App. A.) Ag^. 493, 879. Su//l. 74, 792. 10 Homer, //. ix. 698. D 5Q ^'Z'-r'-'^^r Examination Papers. 6. Point out symptoms of incipient decay in the Greek language during the classical period. How far does this tendency develop itself in Hellenistic Greek 1 7. Illustrate the poetic usages oi fatigo, exerceo^ condo^ in- dulgeo^ deduco^ mollis^ improbus^ argiitus, facilis, IcevuSy orbis, honor y fasciSy sinus y adeOy scUicdy modOy olim. 8. Illustrate by passages the arrangement of a Homeric house. 9. How far are the manners of Virgil's own times reflected in the ^neid 1 10. What are the general principles regulating the conjunc- tion of cases with verbs ? Explain the following : — Acyctv XoyoVy aKoveiv \6yoVy ixifivrjcrOal rivos, dvafxifivrj(rK€a6aL Tiy '^vr)- Toia-Lv dvda-a-ei, oirXois XPW^^'' ) nubere alicuiy pecimia carere^ c^ris indigere. 11. Explain and criticise the following uses of the passive voice : — a, Tertia vivitur aetas.* b. Inutile ferrum Cingitur.2 c, Nuda genu, nodoque sinus collecta fluentes.^ d. Pascuntur silvas."* €. Laevo suspensi loculos tabulamque lacerto."^ f. Haec ego procurare idoneus imperor.' 12. * Many secrets in the nature of the dead languages can only be explained by the evidence of the living dialects.' Examine and illustrate this statement [M, T.y 1865.] 1 Ov. Met. xii. 188. » Virg. yff«. i. 320. » Hor. 5". 1. 6. 74. 3 Virg. /En. ii. 510. * lb. G. iii. 314. * lb. Epist. i. 5 21. On the above passag''S, see Zumpt, L. G. §§ 382 segq. Madvig, 5 237. Examination Pcipers^^^^ XXIV. Critical Questions. 1. Enumerate the different ways in which the Perfect Active is formed in Latin. How far can you account for any of them ?i 2. What is meant by the grammatical terms idiom^ attraction^ cognate accusative, daiivus ethicus ? 2 3. Compare the rules of Oratio Obliqua in Greek and Latin.* 4. In what respects does the use of the Moods in Homer differ from that which we find in the Attic writers 1 5. Explain the origin of the expressions kv rok irpwrot, ifXTToSiov, tvart, oTol',^^ e. Tovro yap a^avarov (fxavaev epirct €t TLS €V GLTTrj Tt.^* /, ovt' ovra, ovt' av ycvdftcva, AoyoTTOiovort,** g. ovx '7'f*') ^avai, ov8' civ ij^ci.*' h. OVK oW av ct ireicraiixt.^* 1 Plat /?<^. i. 16 (343 a). 6 Virg. ySn. v. 172. W Eur. E/ect 97a. 2 Homer, ///iirf, xi. 11. « Id. viii. 566. H Find. /jMw. iiL 58 (67). « Sail. 7w^. 100. 4. SeeKritz ? Eur, <9r«/. 379. 13 Thucyd. vi. 38. i. on ti. 84, § 3. Plebi volenti * Moschus, 16. 1" Plat. Jiep. 613 D. < Hon C. iii. 23. « Demosth. c. Onet. 865. 1* Eur. Med. 941, On (7) see Donalds. Gk Gr. § 508 [a). (8) /^. (ii) 10. § 854 03*. i. (") lb. 5 429. 3. (H) §513(3). (»)>^3. 580 0). 583(7); Jelf.5844.and 73. 5 424 («)• (^*) See Elmsley's Note (t. Paley on iEsch. Pers. 452. (lo) Jelf, S 830. 1. 911, ed. suae), and su/>ra p. 47, note 3. 54 Examination Papers, 7. What are the limitations to the use in Latin (i.) of the Historic Present, (2.) of the Infinitive in subordinate clauses of the Oratio Obliqiia^ (3.) of the employment of the verb iri to form the Future Infinitive % 8. * Possem pluribus edocere, quantum se mutuo compilarint bibliotheccE veteris scriptores.' Illustrate this with reference to the Latin poets. 9. Reminiscences of Homeric expressions, cadences, and idioms in the Tragic writers, and in later Greek generally. 10. Estimate the power of the Latin language to enlarge its vocabulary. What efforts did it make in this direction ? and with what success 1 11. Mention any peculiar significations of Prepositions, (i.) in Homeric Greek, (2.) in the later Attic Greek. 1 2. Notice any peculiarities of metre in the following lines : — a. T/awc? 8' eppiyrjorav, ottods 1801' al6\ov 6Lv. b. €^€(tt' oivd(T(r€LV lov 68' i^yctr' oiKoOev j C. T!v(f)iova '^ovpov^ Traorcv o? avrkcTTrj ^eot?. d. TovTi^ yap "Aprjs ^oo-Kcrat, 6p(^ fSporiov. e. OVK av €\6vT€S avdis dvOaXoUv dv. /. Tristis Aristseus, Penei genitoris ad undas. g. Si potes Archaicis conviva recumbere lectis. /i. Nomen et arma locum servant ; te, amice, nequivi. I. Tityre, pascentis a flumine reice capellas. k. Ejus anuis causa, opinor, quae erat mortua. [E. Z, 1865.] XXVI. Critical Questions. I. How far can the relationship between the Greek and Latin languages be traced in the Relative, Interrogative, or Demonstrative Pronouns ? Examination Papers. 55 2. Mention the various ways in which the Latin Perfect Active is formed, and compare them with the forms of the Greek verb. 3. Specify the different uses of ut^ Tva, quo^ wo-tc Can you in each case derive them from one original sense % 4. Illustrate the etymology of regio, religio^ superstition pollex^ forceps^ nemuSf fulmen, sol, luna, vestibulum, vestigium, ifiaperpa, opfiadoSj Crj\os, opKOS, Slkt], ^cfiLS, P''rjvrf, (rqfiepov, *HAiaia.i 5. What is meant by a * Cognate Accusative 1 ' What uses in Greek and Latin"' have been referred to this head? Give examples.'' 6. What constructions in Latin are to be explained by the principle of Attraction?' 7. In what points do we find most difference between the Greek of the New Testament and Classical Greek? Give examples.* 1 Regio, see Varronianus, p. 76. For poUex, forceps, ib. 297. « See Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 466, and Index tojelfs Gk. Gr. s. v.— The so-called ad- verbial usages of adjectives, as ttoAu aya- voKTslv, Perfidunt ridens, etc. ' See Madvig, Index Lat. Gr. s. v., and Donalds. Lat. Gr. { 141. * The peculiarities of Hellenistic Greek are (A) Lexical, (B) Grammatical. In (A) we have — (i.) The comprehending of words and forms from all the older dialects without exception. Thus, we find 6 o-kotos (A), lAeoK (A) ; itia^ia (D), yoyyv^ia, p^r] xpevSecrdaL o-^eas, Kal (OS \pev8ofi€Vovs ^avari^ e^rjfiiov.^ c. Multaque dura suo tristi cum corde putabant, Ni signum caelo Cytherea dedisset ab alto. " d. Jam fuerit, neque post unquam revocare licebit.* e. Singulas nostri consectati expugnaverunt, ut perpaucae ex omni numero noctis interventu ad terram per- venerint, cum ab hora fere quarta usque ad solis occasum pugnaretur.*^ 3. How far can any parts of the poems of Virgil and Hor- ace be regarded as embodying allegory % 4. Give the meaning and etymological affinities of oa-a-ofiat, avrtao), ovXanos, ^ecr^aros, evSetcAos, v7rc/o<^taA,os, €vt€. 5. Notice and explain any grammatical peculiarities in the following : — a. dXXa ray' ovk kyevovro' to KaX K\aLov(ra reTqKa.^ If. T^v fi€v ovv yevofX€vrjv vavixa^iav avTol Kara fiovas oLTreoia-dixeOa KopivOtovs.'' c. Perque pedes trajectus lora tumentes.^ d. Non hsec, O Palla, dederas promissa parenti, Cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti." e. Si ilia tibi placet, placenda dos quoque est quam dat tibi.i«> 1 Thucyd. i. 49. 7. * Lucret. iii. 915. ' Virg. /^n. ii. 273. 2 Hdt. iii. 27. 4. 6 Caes. B. G. iii. 15. « lb. xi. 152. s Virg. yCw. viii. 522. « Homer, Iliad, iii. 176. 1° Plaut. Trin. v. 2. 35. 7 Thucyd. i. 32. 5. On (») see Madvig, 348 (b), Zumpt, § 519 (b), and cf. Jtiv. x. 123. On (*) see Madvig, § 382, Cbs. I. Examination Papers. 59 6. Compare briefly the theological views of Homer with those of -^schylus. 7. Mention the principal differences between Attic and Hel- lenistic grammar, pointing out where they can be referred to known laws of change in language. 8. What modifications are found in Greek of the rule that the verb must agree with its subject in number? Explain them. 9. In what features of the Greek drama is its ideal character most clearly seen ? 10. Mention and illustrate the principal Greek constructions which are employed by the Latin poets. To what extent are Grsecisms adopted by Latin prose authors % 11. Notice and explain any peculiarities in the use of the pronouns in the following : — a. oTt ry ^X^ ''■o^' ^^^ 'f** '^appCL kol ireiria-TcvKe ry iroA,iT€i^, fJLrjSeva ai^rov cA^eiv /xiyS' vj^pulv fJLTjSe Tvimljareiv.^ b. Nam is illius filiam Conicit in navem miles clam matrem suam.^ c. Audistis nuper dicere legatos Tyndaritanos, Mer- curium, qui sacris anniversariis apud eos coleretur, Verris imperio esse sublatum.' d. €K€ivoi roLWV, oh ovK Ixapt^ov^' ot Xeyovres, ovS^ k<^t- Xovv avrovs loo-Trcp vficis ovtol vvv, k.t.X. 12. Mention any cases in which Virgil follows the tradi- tions of the Attic stage rather than that of the Homeric poems.* 1 Dem. c. Meid. 585. On d see Donalds. Gk. Gr., § 410; Jelf, 2 Plaut. Mil. Glor. ii. i. 33. § 655, Obs. 3 : the Coram, on 2 Tim. ii. 3 Cic. in Verr. iv. 39. 84. 26 : and cf. Thucyd. i. 132, 3, vi. 61. 1. See, on b and c, Madvig, 5 490, Obs. * See /En. iv. 469, and Conington in 3. Donalds. Lat. Gr., S 201, dd. Obs. 4. »Vc. 6o Examination Papers, XXIX. 1. The etymology of the following words : — St/c?;, opfios, (X)K'f\\o%, SiTrXa^, Spaxfi'q, ^vfios, tStos, cemo, cun^s,/ossa, mensis, natura, noxa. 2. What changes of letters have the following words under- gone % Papv% Ittos, opcyo), tTnros, i}8us, /oeta, vvos, //.eo-o-os, ovvofiay est (eats), ds^rij, lacrima, negligo^ pc^ngo^ solum^ solium. 3. Distinguish between /"^r^j-, rotundus; senex^ vetus, antiquus; securus, tutus, salvus^ incolumis ; timeo^ metuo, vereor, formido. 4. The usage and force of the particles 8?}, SvJTa, ^^v, S^^cv, S^TTov^ev, 8at : yujjv, fievTOi, [i€v ovv, fj.€v Srj : vrj, vat, /ao. 5. Accentuate the following passage : — AoS, ttotc otKov ev avOptaTroicriv evaiov oX^Los av€iov Kai irokXaKi Soo-kov aXrjrrj, TOtO) OTTOtOS cot Kat OT€V KC^/O'^/'ICVOS cX^Ot.* 6. Compare the older and the later Roman satirists. . 7. Can the history of Thucydides be called a work of art, and upon what grounds ? 8. What are the principal points of difference between ancient and modem metres. 9. Distinguish between the dialect of the choruses and that of the dialogue in Greek tragedy. 10. Is the sameness of the characters of the Homeric heroes a proof of the single authorship of the Homeric poems ? 11. Examine and illustrate the following : — * The genius of Virgil was barren in creating, great as was J Odysu xvii. 415-421. Examination Papers. 6i his talent for embellishing. That he himself was conscious of this, and was content to be great in the way suited to his endowments, is proved by his practice of imitating and bor- rowing, and by the touches he intersperses of his exquisite and extensive erudition.' * 1 2. Give an account of any two of the following characters in Shakespeare : — Othello, Coriolanus," Prospero, Fluellen, Touchstone, Malvolio. \Balliol Scholarships, 1868.] XXX. 1. Describe in outline the institutions of the Athenian Demo- cracy under Pericles, and compare them with modern institu- tions of the same kind. 2. The variations of character among the States of Hellas : how far can they be accounted for % 3. The rise and fall of Theban supremacy in Greece. 4. The power of Carthage in the Western Mediterranean, and its opponents, before its collision with Rome. 5. The objects of the Gracchi, and the causes of their failure. 6. The nature of the Imperial power as held by Augustus. 7. The origin of the House of Commons. 8. The life and character of any of the following : — Richard 11., Henry vii., Thomas Cromwell, the younger Vane, Lord Bolingbroke, Edmund Burke. l^Balliol Scholarships, 1868.] 1 Niebuhr. tion of t!ie Play by R. Whitelaw, M.A. < See an excellent analysis in the edi- (Rugby, 1869). 62 Examination Papers, XXXI. 1. How is it determined whether ov or /a?) should be used (i.) with a Participle, (2.) with the Infinitive Mood, (3.) in an Interrogative sentence, (4.) in a Relative clause 1 Quote or frame instances. 2. Give some plain rules for the use of Moods and Tenses in the Oratio Obliqua in Latin, mentioning in each case the Greek equivalent. 3. Describe the processes by which a law was made or re- pealed at Athens, giving the technical phrases. 4. Analyse the following words, and explain their compo- nent parts philologically : — eotKa, j8ti;<^t, €0"X®^> agimini^ ama- vissent^ humi, 5. With what Moods and Tenses can o.v be used, and with what meanings % 6. Give the names of any Alexandrian poets, and show how they influenced Roman literature. 7. Translate and write notes on any three of the following \— a. TOtoiSe Tot fxoi XafnraBr)(fi6p(ov vofioi oAAos 7ra/)' aAAov hia^o^ah TrXrjpoviievoL' VLK^ 8' 6 irpioTos Kot TcAcvratos 8paiJL(av.^ b, (nr€v86fJL€vai 8' d^eAeii' riva TaaSc [xcpifivas ^eQv 8' areXciav ifiata-i Atratg iiriKpaLveLV firjS^ ets ayKptcriv kXOdv.^ C. (5 ttXovtc koX Tvpavvi KoX r€)(yT] Texvrjs vir€p(j)€pov(Ta T<^ 7roXv^r]X(^ i^^V? o(ros Trap' vfitv 6 (f>d6vos vXdar(r€TaL.^ d. (TTas S' ymkp fxeXdOptov ov(riv €in tov ^eoi/.' ^/. T^j fjLaTaLOTTjTi "^ KTLCTis vTreToiyrj ov;( cKOvcra dkka 8ia Tov wrora^avTa, eir* eATrtSi.* ^. TO 67ri€iK€S vfJiiJ^v yv(O(r07}T(a irda-tv dvOp<^7rots. 6 Kvpios €yyvS.* ^ Starayeis St' ayyeAcov €i/ x^'/^^ fi€(riTOv.* 1 1 . Show how the circumstances of the different Churches to which St. Paul wrote affected the tone of his Epistles. 12. Explain with reference to the Parables of our Lord, the phrase * Kingdom of Heaven.' 13. What are the most striking characteristics of the Apostolical Sermons recorded in the Acts 1 14. What are the chief authorities for the text of the New Testament? IJVew College Scholarships^ 1869.] XXXII. 1. Who were the chief enemies conquered by David % \Vhat was the extent of his kingdom when greatest % 2. Give an account of the reign of Hezekiah. 3. Under what government were the Jews after their return from the captivity, down to the Roman conquest % 4. Who were the Sadducees? What was their behaviour (i.) towards our Lord himself, (2.) towards Christianity afterwards % 1 S. Luc. XX. as- ' Act. Apost. xv. 19. * Ep. ad Phil. iv. 5. * S. Joann. v. 17. * Ep. ad Rom. viii. 20. * Ep. ad Galat. iii. 19. Examination Papers. -'^^% .';:siT(Ss| 5. What were, severally, the origin, duration, and end of the Persian empire % What took its place % 6. Whence was derived the early preponderance of Sparta in Greece ? What event finally broke her power ? 7. What were the chief Greek colonies west of Greece How were any of them concerned in the history of Greece proper ? 8. What were the great powers of the civilized world at the time of the Second Punic War ? How far is it true that that war gave Rome the empire of the world % 9. Draw a rough map of Italy, showing the main natural divisions, and also the political divisions at the time of the capture of Rome by the Gauls. . 10. Explain the terms : — Comitia Centuriata, Dictator, Court of Areopagus, Sanhedrim, Balance of Power, Emperor of the West, The Social Compact, Bill of Rights, Act of At- tainder. 11. What is the existing law of succession to the English throne % When and how was it established % 12. Under what conditions will a Representative Govern- ment be beneficial to a nation % 13. Give a short account of any three of the following : — Epaminondas, Mithradates, Caius Gracchus, Justinian, Gre- gory VII., Louis XI., John Hampden, Cardinal Richelieu. \New College Scholarships^ 1869.] XXXIII. Rewrite in your own language : — Oh ! my offence is rank, it smells to heaven ; . . . Help, angels, make assay ! Bow, stubborn knees ! and, heart, with strings of steel, E 66 Examination Papers. Be soft as sinews of the new-born babe : All may be well* 2. Explain the following terms : — Caste, Consistency, Con- ventionality, Loyalty, Poor Law, The Executive, The Funds, Direct and Indirect Taxation. 3. What are the functions of the throne in the English Constitution % 4. What is meant by value 1 How is it determined % 5. In what ways has literature been affected by the inven- tion of printing 1 6. Mention the chief works of the following authors, and write some account of any one of them : — Sir Walter Raleigh, Locke, Spenser, Bentley, Dr. Johnson, Hume, Bunyan, Hallam, Dante, Machiavelli, Pascal, Moliere, Schiller, Lessing, Niebuhr. • 7. Examine the following arguments : — a. As civilisation advances, poetry necessarily declines : as a magic lantern is seen best in a dark room, so as to produce an illusion upon the eye of the body ; so poetry, which, to be worthy of the name, should produce the same illusion on the eye of the mind, is best reflected in a dark age. b. The spendthrift is better than the man who hoards ; for the first benefits many, the second benefits no one, not even himself. \New CoU. Matriculation and Exhibitions, 1869.] XXXIV. 1. Describe the relation of the Prophets to the Monarchy at different periods of the kingdom of Israel. 2. With what names and occasions are any particular Psalms connected % 1 HamUt, iii. 3. Examination Papers, 67 3. Show from various instances the spirit in which the legis- lation of Moses dealt with existing customs. 4. Describe the locality of the following places, and name the chief events connected with them : — Bethhoron, Mahanaim, Ramoth-Gilead, Sichem, Bethel, Gerizim, Csesarea, Hebron. 5. Explain fully with reference to the context not niore than two of the following : — a, Aia TOVTO TTttS ypafifiarevs fiaOrjTevdels «is T-ijv ^ao-tActa v TOiV OVpaVlOV O/>l0l0S icTTtV dvdpiOTTO) OlKoSeCTTrOTry OO'TtS eKJSdXXeL €K Tov '^rja-avpov olvtov KaLva kol TraAatct.i d. Tvvatf 7rL(rT€vof3ovvTa tovs dvrepovv- ras aXX.' oltto rov lvov pova TToXiv T(|) T€ 7rA,€t(rTa €v /SovXevovTL firf TrpocTTiOivaL Tt/A-^v, aA.Aa fxrjS' IXaa-crovv rrjs inrapxovcrqs, koi rov firf TV)(6vTa yvtofirjs ov^ oTTios^rjfJLLOVv dXXa fJLTjS' (XTt/xa^eiv.* 5. Translate and comment on : — a. Ipyov r€ cttos t€ rcAeo-crat. d. vvv Toi ieXSea-doi iroXefios KttKos, el ^oos ecro-t.' C. fi^ T€xyr)a-dp,€vos p^rj^' dXXo Tt rexvT^o'atTO OS K€Lvov TeAajuwi/a ey kyKarOero T€)(yr},* d. cre/Jctv pXv cvcrcfSeid rts, Kpdros 8', oT^ Kpdros /aeAei, TrapafSarov ov8ap,rj TrcAet, (re 8' avToyvoiTos wAco-' opyd.* e. Date vulnera lymphis Abluam." f. Non incendia Karthaginis impise Ejus, qui domita nomen ab Africa Lucratus rediit, clarius indicant Laudes quam Calabrse Pierides." g. Suffenus unus caprimulgus aut fossor Rursus videtur.' 6. What are Prepositions originally ? Account for Preposi- tions being used with more than one case, and show how their original meanings are modified by the case-endings. 7. Illustrate Pleonasm as a peculiarity of Attic Greek. 8. *Hac Trojana tenus fuerit fortuna secuta.'^ Translate this, and state arguments for and against the existence of a * second future tense ' in Latin. 1 Thucyd. iii. 42. 5. * Soph. Antig. 87a. ' CatuU. xxii. la 3 Homer, //. xvi. 494. 6 Virg. Mn. iv. 683. 8 Virg. /En. vi. 63. » lb. Odys. xi. 613. « Hon C. iv. 8. 17. 72 Examination Papers. 9. The difference in form between the representation of Greek Comedy and Greek Tragedy. 10. Points of resemblance or contrast between Roman and English Satire. 1 1. Estimate the influence of the Latin language in the com- position of the English tongue. Is there any Greek element in English 1 \Queeris Coll. Scholarships and Exhibitions^ Easter, 1868.] XXXVII. 1. Translate — Ad Ciceronem venio . . . eodem modo determinet.^ 2. Write a short critique on Horace as a lyrical poet. 3. Does Horace borrow Greek idioms as well as Greek metres % 4. Translate, with notes : — a. Vix reliquit, qui efferretur.' b. Tu si hie sis, aliter sentias.* c. Scriberis Vario fortis .... [Maeonii carminis aUte.] d. Vox hominem sonat €. Primo quoque die. 5. Explain the use of the ablative with such veibs as utor, fruor, nitor, vescor, and the ablative of price. 6. Show that the present tense of a Latin verb does not usually give the simplest form of the root. What evidence is there of another form oi dico^fido, nubo, odif 7. *The relative pronoun itself is the great conjunction of all languages.' Explain this, with instances, chiefly from the Latin. 1 Tadtus, Dialog, de Orat. 22. ' Corn. Nep. Aristid. 3. ^ Ten ^«avX(os, fxrj \f/rj6pov rjfAiv aTTO tSov ttoA-cwv a-v\Xrj^8i]v tov irpoa-- d. ymo yap roktav xp'qcTTiav re Sv(rKo}.(ardTO)V ayofiaij <^epo/Aai, to. ^tuxolt^ kve^vpa^oixai.* e. Nimium difficile est reperiri amicum ita ut nomen cluet.*^ 5. Give the derivation and various meanings of the fol- lowing : — (j>€p€yyvoSy Koa-fios, irpoa-LKToypj 7rpoo-<^aTos, oXoiVpoxos, SiaKTopos, dfiavp6s, dJ3\rj)(p6sj cotnissatio, [Magdalen Demy ship, 1862.] 1 Eur. Bacch. 343. « Ar. Vesp. 656. » Plaut. Trin. iii. i. 19. « Xen. Hellen. ii. 4- 14. * lb. Nub. 241. Examination Papers, 75 XL. 1. Show how far the literature of Rome is indebted to that of Greece. 2. Compare the languages of modem Europe in respect of their derivation and capabilities. 3. Explain the terms agglutinative^ inflectional^ and analytical, as applied to language. 4. Comment on the following criticisms of Quintilian : — a. Raro assurgit Hesiodus.^ b. Novem Lyricorum longe Pindarus princeps.' c. -^schylus grandiloquus ssepe usque ad vitium.* d. Euripides magis accedit oratorio generi.* e. Lucanus ardens et concitatus.^ / Nee opponere Thucydidi Sallustium verear.* g. Multum verae gloriae quamvis uno libro Persius meruit. "^ 5. Draw a map of the City of Rome in the time of Augustus, and trace as far as you can its growth to that date. 6. What changes took place in the constitution and powers of the Roman Senate from its first establishment to the period of the Empire 1 7. Give a history of Syracuse, with dates. 8. Show the importance of Bceotia in the military history of Greece. \Magdalen College Demyship^ 1S67.] XLI. I. Quote any metaphorical or proverbial expressions in use among the Greeks, derived from the following sources : — 1 Quint X. 1, § 52. 8 Quint, x. i, § 66. « Quint, x. i, § loi. » lb. § 6i. ♦ lb. § 68. t lb. § Q4- * lb. 8 ga 76 Exa7Hination Papers. (i.) Naval pursuits; (2.) Gaming; (3.) Athletic sports; (4.) Religious ceremonies. 2. Make a scheme of the Iambic, Trochaic, and Anapaestic metres, as used by the Greek tragedians. 3. Compare the public games in vogue among the Romans in the time of Juvenal, with those of the Greeks in the time of Pericles, quoting passages that illustrate or describe them. 4. Compare the following characters, as represented in Homer, with their treatment in later writers, Greek, Latin, and English : — viz., Achilles, Hector, Ulysses, Ajax. 5. What are the principal differences of structure and ar- rangement in a Latin sentence, as distinguished from Greek and English respectively ? 6. What is the dialect of the following passage, and where was that dialect spoken % Translate it into Attic. 'i2 iratScs 'AAcveo), tri tl Xc'^ctc, tciSc o/ocovres eprjfia j vfieh yap ol 'jrX7]cn6)(Q)poL eXeyere AaKeSaLfxovtovs ov €vy€Lv ck P'O-XV^f dXXa av8pas itvai ret TroXc/Ata Trpwrovs' tovs trporepov tc fieTKr- Tafiivovs €K T^s radios ciSerc, vvv t€ vtto rqv irapof)(Oiikvriv vvKra Kol ot 7raj/T€S opeo/xiv SiaSpdvTas. SuBe^dv tc, €7rct €as cSee irpos TOVS d^euSews dpicrTOVS dvOpuiTTtav fidxy SiaKpidrjvai^ OTt ovSevcs dpa covtcs, €V ov8ap.ot(ri eovo'i"EXXrja-i ivaireBeiKVvaTO.^ 7. Mention the most common forms of ellipse that occur in Greek. 8. State the principal usages of the gerund and gerundive in Latin, quoting or framing examples. 9. Explain the meaning of the term prJToyp, and give some account of the Athenian orators who preceded Demosthenes. 10. Trace the course of the^following rivers, and mention, with dates, any remarkable events which have taken place on their banks : — Vultumus, Metaurus, AUia, Rubico, Ticinus, Halys. 1 HdL ix 58. 2. Examination Pi 11. Give a short history of Corcyra. 12. Give a short life of any of the foltowtftg-pcrSons : — Timoleon, Empedocles, Socrates, Coriolanus. [Magdalen Demyships^ i868.] XLII. 1. Give the dates, exact or approximate, of the principal Crusades, describing briefly the distinctive features of any which you remember. 2. The life and campaigns of Belisarius. 3. Whom do you mean by the Nonjurors? Give your reasons for thinking that their conduct was or was not justi- fiable. 4. Can you point out any circumstances in the reigns of Elizabeth and James which prepared the way for the Great Rebellion ? 5. Give the dates of the conquests of Mexico and Peru. How do you explain the fact that these civilized countries were so soon conquered by Europeans % 6. Edward i. has been called ' the greatest of the Planta- genets.' Does history justify this appellation % 7. Give some account of the Thirty Years' War, and of the state of parties in Germany at that time. 8. Who were Cimon, Cleisthenes, Caius Gracchus, Hilde- brand, Berwick, Bothwell, Calvin, Timour, William the Silent* Give dates, where you can. 9. Contrast and compare the constitutional history of Spain with that of England up to the time of Charles v. 10. Describe the encroachments of France upon her neigh- bours in the reign of Louis xiv,, and the forces by which they were resisted. 78 Examination Papers, 11. Draw a comparison between the reigns of Richard 11. and Henry vi. 12. Give a sketch of the expedition against Syracuse, and show how it was a turning-point in Athenian history. 13. Enumerate the foreign enemies with whom Rome had to contend during the time of the Republic, and add the dates of the principal contests. 14. What was the condition of parties, and what were the principles at stake, in the contest between Pompey and Caesar? 15. What events do you connect with the following names : — Culloden, Clarendon, Mecca, Seringapatam, Utrecht, Legnano, Sphacteria, Mantinea, the Metaurus % Give dates. 16. Circumstances which favoured the spread of Christie anity in the age of its promulgation. [Christ Church Junior Studentships^ 1868.] XLIIL I. Explain the idioms in — a. Kpivofiev ye ^ ivOvfxovfieda 6p6o}€p(o rrjs amas.' fi d.KO'vu) 66yyov 6pvido)v..,K\di^ovTas.^ 9. Mention any old ideas (about the moods, tenses, voices, cases, or parts of speech, in Latin and Greek, or about the connection between the two languages) which Comparative Philology has shown to be false ; and state what new views it has given us. 10. Give a criticism on any two Classical Authors, with illustrations of their faults, merits, and peculiarities. [Christ Church Junior Studentships^ 1868.] XLIV. 1. Mention any peculiarities characteristic of the style of Thucydides, Sophocles, Lucretius, Tacitus. 2. Give a short account of the Scazon, the Saturnian, and the Galliambic metres, and mention any poets who have written in them. 3. What is meant by attraction ? Explain, with examples, what are the most usual instances of its occurrence in Greek, 4. The uses of the Greek future optative, and the Greek participle. Give examples, with the corresponding Latin expressions. 5. Mention any words or constructions peculiar to Latin writers of the silver age. 1 See Hor. ^. ii. 6. 20, and i. 2. 31. Cf. ' See Virg. Mn. viii. 465. Cf. Hon J". Livy, ii. 12. 8, and see Conington, Exc on ii. 4. 17, and Virg. Georgic. iii. 537. Virg. ^n. ix. 641. ' See Soph. Antig. 788, 537, looi ; and Tclf, Gk. Gr. 380. 2. Exami7iation Papers. 8 1 6. Illustrate the uses of the words arguius, numerus, uliroy miscere, improbus, Justus ^ ruina. 7. Translate, noting any peculiarity : — a. Daphni, quid antiquos signorum suspicis ortus ? * b. Quid tibi hanc digito tactio est % ^ c. Tentatum domi ut ambo patricii consules crearentur rem ad interregnum perduxit.' d. Venena magnum fas nefasque non valent Convertere humanam vicem.* e. Obloquitur numeris septera discrimina vocum.* f. Non populi gentesque tremunt .... Nequid ob admissum foede dictumve superbe Poenamm grave sit solvendi tempus adultum.* g. Aoyoi 8' kv oXkv^Koia-iv ippodovv /caKot, vXaKa.'' h. KTVTrqcre jjlIv Zcvs \66vlos, at 8e irapOkvoi piy-qcrav (os rJKov(rav.^ i. T^s '^vfJLoPopov cf)p€va Xvirrjs.^ k. ypdxj/as . . . . Trjv Twv yecfyvpiov 8i' avTov ov 8taA,vortv.*° 8. Give rules for the use of ^uum with the Indicative and Subjunctive. When are tva and oVws used with the Indicative 1 9. Illustrate the frequentative use of av with the Indicative Mood. 10. What is meant by the ' Irony ' of Sophocles ? Illustrate from any of his plays." IT. Translate, and explain the constructions : — a. K€kXovto 8k ota-Lv eKacrros Mnrots* ot 8' kirkrovTo kovlovt€s TreSioio,^'^ alibL 1 Virg. Eel. ix. 46. « Virg. ySn. vi. 646. by Bp, Thirlwall in the PAi- a Plant. Pan. v. 5. 29, et ! Lucret. v. 1222. iological Museum, ii. 483- " Soph. Antig. 259. 537. 8 lb. O. C. 1606. n I/iad, xxiiL 37a. 8 Liv. [See Raschig on 9 ^sch. Ag. 103. On («) see, especially, Kritz i. 53. I ; vii. 8.] 10 Thucyd. i. 137, § 7. on Sail. Cat 31, § s : Zumpt, * Hor. £'/(7rf. V. 87. 11 See the admirable paper §66i: Madvig, §413, (5/^j. a. F 82 Exami7iation Papers. b. oXX i.VTvyoiy\% Ka.i ere rr](T^(. t^s o8ov Saifnav afXiivov "q 'fi€ povp'q. i. i. 94- 2 Thucyd. 1. 36. 2. ' Soph, Antig. 211. 8 Virg. yEn. xi. 125. « Ar. Plut. 102 ^ Juv. i. 13. ExarnUiation Papers, 83 d. Historical Infinitive. Discuss in each case the appropriateness of the name. 7. Illustrate the influence of the Homeric Hexameter upon the forms of words. Can any analogous effect be assigned to the use of Iambic metre by the Attic dramatists ? 8. Describe, with quotations, a walk through Rome, embrac- ing the following localities : — Porta Capena, P. Carmentalis, Capitolium, M. Esquilinus, ^Edes Vestse, ^des Opis, Carinse, Suburra, Argiletum, Rostra, Rupes Tarpeia, Via Sacra. 9. Describe the mode of voting in the Roman Senate, and explain the following terms : — Pedibus ire in sententiam j Discessionem facere ; Loco consulari dicere ; Censeo ; Prin- ceps Senatus ; Senatores Pedarii. Or, Describe the constitution of a Roman Law-Court in the time of Cicero, and explain the following terms : — Divinatio ; Praevaricator ; Advocati ; Decuriae Judicum ; Quaestiones per- petu3e j Comperendinatio. 10. Account for the use of the Subjunctive Mood in the following passages : — a. Haud equidem credO' quia sit divinitus illis Ingenium.i b. Bene majores accubitionem epularem amicorum, quia vitae conjunctionem haberet, convivium nomina- verunt.2 c. Literas quas me sibi misisse diceret recitavit homo.* d. Peccare fuisset ante satis,* e. Tarquinio quid impudentius, qui bellum gereret cum iis qui ejus non tulerant superbiam ? In which of the above might the Indicative have been used, and with what difference of meaning ? \M. T., 1869.] I Virg. Georg. i. 415. 8 Cic. 2 PhiL 2, § 3. See Mayor's note. ' Cic. De Sen. 13, S 45. * Virg. /En. ix. 138. 84 Examination Papers. XLVI. 1. In what cases may either the Indicative or the Subjunctive be employed in Latin, and what is the difference of meaning % 2. What changes have the following words undergone : — eirofiat, rearcrapeSj XvxvoSj P^C^t AciVo), iJcAio?, ya/x/3pos, vt<^a, gloria, brevis, venire^ narrare,flamma,Jovis,foris, cceruleus? 3. The rules of the Porsonic Pause. 4. Is there any analogy between the Greek tense and mood formations, and the Auxiliary verbs of modem languages 1 5. The uses of ov ixrj and firj ov j of num, ne interrogative, anne, nonne. 6. Give and explain the various uses of the gemnd and the participle in -dus. 7. In what different ways may languages be classified ? 8. Explain the Homeric use of the following words :— €rSeicA,09, ijc/jtos, a/A<^ts, "^kt^aros, Up6s, KovpiBcos, kirap^dixevoi BeTrdecrcnv, orAai or ovA,oxvTat, vrrepcfiLaXos, TroXvqpaTos. 9. The merits and demerits of the Augustan literature. 10. Compare the Greek and Latin Orators. 11. Is it true to say that the religious and moral element is the predominant one in the plays of Sophocles ? 1 2. Criticise the various forms in which the doctrine of the divided authorship of the Homeric poems has been held. 13. Contrast the plots of Shakespeare with those of the ancient dramatists, and point out the reason of the difference. 14. Compare any of the Greek lyrical poets with modern writers. \_Ballwl College Scholarships, 1869.] Exami7iation Pap^s, ^ ^ ^ ^' i< >' : 'j 851 XLVII. 1. Who were Wycliffe, General George Monk, Richelieu, Velasquez, Galileo? 2. Mention any important events you may remember in the reigns of the first and last of the kings of the house of Stuart. 3. Estimate the advantages and disadvantages of England's insular position. 4. The effects of slavery on the dominant class. 5. * Est finitimus oratori poeta.'* Show clearly how poetry and oratory agree and differ. 6. The characteristics and use of good novels. 7. Criticise : — a, * I bridle in my struggling muse with pain, That longs to launch into a bolder strain.' ^ d, * The report is, that he should have said in confi- dence, that he would never bear arms against him.' ' c. 'An I might live to see thee married, I have my wish.' 8. Explain carefully ' an Epigram.' What is its use ? Explain the following in the light of your definition : — a. * He surpassed himself.' d. * The irresistible logic of facts.' c. * Nothing is so fallacious as facts, except figures.'* d. *The legendary age was a past that was never present.'' e. 'Sensation is sensation.' • [Pembroke College Scholarships^ 1869.] 1 Cicero [De Orat. i. i6. 70). » Hume. • Grote. > Addison. * Canning. • Johnson. 86 Examination Papers, XLVIII. 1. On what grounds is it maintained that the termination in fii is the oldest form of the Greek verb ? 2. Explain the expressions: — Centesimge usurae; Heres ex dodrante ; Semisses usura ; Sestertium vicies ; Testi- monium alicui denuntiare ; Comperendinare reum. 3. How does the study of Philology bear upon questions outside the mere range of grammatical criticism 1 4. Translate and explain : — Assiduo vindex assiduus esto, proletario quoi quis volet vindex esto. [From Pembroke Scholarships^ 1869.] XLIX. I. Translate and explain — "Ovofia fxkv ioTL cfxovrj (Tr][j.avTLKrj Kara (rvvOr^K'qv avev ^/ooi'ov, ^S [I'qSev fiipos icrrl (rrjixavrLKov Ki-^^yipicriikvov' kv yap t(^ KaA- AtTHTos TO tWo? ovSev avTo Kad' latn-o aiy/xati/ct, (xa-irep h ti^ \6y(f) T(^ KaXos UTTTOS. prjixa Se ecm to Trpo(T(T7]ixaivov \p6vov^ ov fiepos ovOev (TT^/xatva X^P''^) '^^^ eo-Tti^ del twi/ Kad^ eTepov Aeyo/xevcDV cr'qfieiov. Acyo) 8c oVt irpoa-crq/xatveL ;(povov otov vyUta fi€v ovofia, to Se vycaLvet prjfia' Trpo(T(rrjfiaLV€i yap to vvv virdpx'^iv^ What is the signification of p^J/^a and ovo/ia here? How are they otherwise used 1 Mention any Greek classification of the parts of speech, giving the Greek names. 1 Aristoteles, les,'M.eToxa.L Cratyl. § 125. Farrar's Gk. Synt. p. 17, (6.) Adverbs, 'Emppi^fjiaTa. (7.) Preposi- The name! of the several parts of speech tions, npoSeVeiv. (8.) Conjunctions, Suf- zx^{\.)The Article^To" S.pQpQv. [■2.)Noutis, Sea/uia. 'OvofiaTa. {3.) FroMfuf IS,' AvTOiirufiCax. (4.) Examination Papers, Sj 2. Explain and illustrate the use of the negatives in the fol- lowing instances : — a, ov8' ctKos xaXiir^s €p€iv avrcuv fiakXov rj ov Kirjinov Kol €y/ir} ov ra apLcna tw 8r]ix(p. ' ^. CIS yap Tts ijv eKaoTos ov^€Lpya(Tfi€voevy€ iras to /xi^.* ^. ov o-ty' ai/6^€t /AT^Se SetAiav dpets j ^ f. ov fW^r' OKVCtTC, fMJT* d^^x' ItTOS KaKOV.* 3. Translate — ^vfifiaprvpoirj ravr* av kv Slkh Kpovov fiiqrrjp, fieyca-Tr] 8at/i,oi/a)v 'OA-v/xttiwi/, apiora, Fi} fieXauva, rrjs eyw ttotc O/30VS di/€iAov iroAAax^ TTCTrr^yoras* TTpoa-Qev Se SovAevovcra, vvv iXevdepa, ^oAAoVS 8' 'A^I^VaS TTttT/OtS' €6S ^€0KTIT0V di/>yyayov TrpaOevras, ctAAov CKStKCos, dAAov 8tKai(us, Tovs 8' dvayKairj^ Stto ■XprjcTfiov AcyovTttS, yAworo-ai/ ovkct* 'Attik^k tcvras, COS av TroWaxrj TrXaviofihovSy Tovs S* €vdd8^ avTOV SovXltjv deiKca exovTaSj yOrj Sco-ttotwv TpofievfievovSf iXevdepovs WrjKa' ravra ficv Kparrj ofiov (iiif]v T€ Kttt 8iKr/v (Tvvapixoa-as epc^a Kal St^A^oi/ (os v7r€(rxofJ'r)v. 1 Thucyd. ii. 62. 3. Jelf, GA. Gr. S 749- 3- * Soph, ^w//]?-, 263. Jelf, § 749. i. 8 Herod. 1 187. 4. Jelf, Gk. Gr. § 750.2, b. 6 lb. Aj. 75. Jelf, § 748. Donalds. G-t, Gr. § 603. « lb. ffirf. Col. 731. The /r«. iwi/. 8 Hyperides, Eux. c. 2a Donalds. Gk. implies 'Be not fearful,' a continuous act. Gr- 9 529 (/), O^J. I. the aor. subj. a ft>*^/if definiU act. 88 Examination Papers. '^ea-fiovs 8' ofioCovs n^ KaK(} re Kdyad€L rip SrjpocTLtj) dirpocT' kXtjtov* €^ ep(fiavu)v KaTacrrdcretas* eiri^oXrjv e^aKocrias kol SiKa 8pa-)(^pd€TaL,* ovTrep ecrrt rdvSpdTToSa ravra, kol olXXov rivd' kol 7rape(TK€vd^ovTO, cl dvaKpivoiprjv^ Kara twv otKctcov twi/ dSiKO'vv- riov pe Tots SiKas as €iX'q)(€LV avrots, ivBetKvvvai* pe kol ipi/SaX- XeLv els TO SeapiOT'qpiov.^ Explain the words to which asterisks are affixed. Explain the law terms jida-is, cvSet^ts, aTraywyTy, eirayyeXCaj €to-ayyeA.ia, Trpof^oXiq^ diroypacfi-q, lyypa^v^, 7ra/)aypa^^. 5. What was the nature of the ei6pos and a-vvTa^is. 6. What were the leading doctrines of the Eleatic school of philosophy ? Give briefly the history of the school. State and discuss Aristotle's criticism of the Platonic doctrine of ideas in the Nicomachean Ethics. He says elsewhere of Plato :— OvTOS ovv TO. pkv roiavra twv ovtwv tSeas Trpocrrjyopevcre, ra 8' aicrOriTa irapa ravra koX Kara ravra XeyecrOai iravra' Kara [iWe^iv yap elvai to. iroXXa twv (Tvv(iivvfJiO)V ofKavvfia tola(Tlv elvai twi/ dpidfxoiv, ILXaTtav 8e fiWe^iv, Tovvofia fi€ra/3aXopof, the Achamenses of Aristophanes. See v. a tribute paid by allied states to Athens up 609, w MapiAofirj — ' Mr. Collier. ' (2. ) Wor- to B.C. 415. 'S.vvTcxii^ was the substitute shipof Artemis Brauronia: Iph. and Crest, for the eiKOonj or dutyof five per cent, upon said to have landed on return from Tauris. all commodities exported or imported by See Eur. I/A. T. 1462: Ar. Lys. 645. {3.) sea in the states of the allies subject to Road to the Academy : burial-place of all Athens. who had a public funeral : most beautiful "^ Metaphys.\.(),inU. Scq{i.) Dicty. 0/ suburb. Thuc. ii. 34. 6 ; Ar. ^ p. 395. {4.) Biogy. S.W., XenophaneSy Parmenides, Birthplace of Sophocles : scene of O. C, Zenon{2). (2.) Grote's Plato, L 16 seqq. see v. 668 X(f^y. (s.)Ocaipation byihcLac. 90 Exa7ni7iation Papers, language derived 1 What peculiarity has Niebuhr remarked in the words furnished by the Oscan? Quote instances of words in the Latin language derived from the Etruscan. What was the general opinion of antiquity as to the origin of the Etruscans 1 What was the opinion of Dionysius ? What argu- ments does he bring forward in support of it % What was Niebuhr's opinion on this point ? * 9. What are the general relations indicated in a Latin pro- position by the dative and ablative cases % Show, by various illustrations, how the latter are modified by the prepositions ab^ de, ex, prcs. Explain the effects produced on a language by increasing or limiting the number of cases with which preposi- tions may be constructed. ^ 10. Lay down rules for the inflection in the genitive case of nouns ending in ius and ium; distinguishing between the usages at different periods, and noticing the special cases of trisyllabic nouns and Greek derivatives.* in latter part of Pelop. War, B.C. 413: re- anus, ch. iv. Of words derived from the treat of Mardonius before battle of Plataeae. Etr. , we have Capra, Cassis (f), Februum, See Thucyd. vi. 93, vii. 18 seqq. ; Hdt. ix. Histrio, Lituus, Lantsta, Nepos (aspend- ^Ssegq. (6.) Thebirth(B,c. 525) ofiEschy- thrift). lb. ch. v. On the origin of the Ius: mysteries of Demeter. (7.) Battle (s.c. Etr. there were two theories — (i.) That 490). Hdt. vi. 102-116. (8.) Close to Mara- they were Z^j/ 2. Give a list of the Ionic words found in the Attic poets. Explain the metrical term (rvi/a<^cta. In what metres is it found?'' 3. Give instances of desiderative verbs in Greek and Latin. What do you consider to be the origin of these forms?' 4. Translate and explain :— CKCivos ovv (6 2oA,o)v) Ti^v K\y)(Tiv €9 Sv' rjfxepas WrjKev, €s ye r-qv evrjv re Koi veav, ti/' at Secrets ytyvotvro ry vovfJL-qvt^-- 2T. Lva 87} Tt r-qv €vqv irpoa-WrjKev ; ^E. tV, (iS /AcAe, irapovTCS ot J ^avot/At y', ct o"u fti) />i€AA.(i>i/ tv\oi%. ^ 1 6. Explain the symbol H.S., and derive the word Sestertius Quote any Greek expression resembling this compound.^ What is the Latin for May 29, May 12 ? Give the full expression of the number denoted by the following letters : — fi^v? . \Trinity College^ 1864.] LI. 1. *Aristarchi notas quibus aliena canuina compunxit, recognoscam,' says Seneca.' a. Explain the allusion. Who was Aristarchus % When did he flourish % b. Distinguish 17 iTrcKSocris, 17 TpoeKSoats. Who were the x^pi'C^J^^? '^ c. What were the different provinces of the KpiTiKos, ypafifiaria-T-q?, ypafxjxaTLKoSi in the Alexandrian school?* 2. Bacon says of Aristotle : — * nova artium vocabula pro libitu cudendi licentiam usurpavit.' Give some instances of the new coinage with which Aris- totle enriched or encumbered the vocabulary of philosophy.^ 1 Eur. Ion. 1295. 0-15 and TrpoeicS. were names given to suc- 2 Compare the Gk. rpLrov ij/u.iTaAavToi/= cessive editions of the Homeric poems, the 2 J talents. Thenumber=2756. See Donald. irp. being the earlier. The xc^P- {se^^raters) Gk. Gr. § 253. were the critics who assigned the author- 3 Ep. 88. ship of the I/iad and Odyss. to different ■* Aristarchus was the head of the Alex- persons. — vpofi/AaTicmjs, a teacher of rudi- andrine critical and grammatical School ; ments, an elementary schoolmaster, ypa/u.- he was the tutor of Ptolemy Epiphanes /aanico?, a scholar in its highest sense, and Pt. Physcon, and died, aged seventy- KpmKos was the name applied to the highest* two, about 146 B.C. He is said to have order of 7pafx/u,aTiicoi. See, for an explana- viarked such verses in the Homeric poems tion at length, Notes and Queries, Series as he thought spurious with an obelus iv., vol. iv. 315. (t), and those which he thought parti- cularly beautiful with an *.— The cTreVSo- ^ See Donalds. Gk. Lit. i. 149, note. Examination Papers, 97 3. A\Tiat is the construction and meaning of KaiirepP a. Kttt Tr€p iKilvo y* ;»' Tt cfvai, a avSpcs StKacrrai* SiKao-rat -yap ?p(i)v ^v wcrre ovk e/SovXcTo. ovTWS d(}>p(i)v "^v (utrre fir) f^ovkea-dau. How would you express them in Latin ?^<> 6. a. Give the oblique cases in Latin of the Proper names Euripides, Anchisiades, Orpheus, Orestes. b. Under what circumstances does the ablative of the third declension end in z? Give instances." 1 For KaCirep, see Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 8 See L. and S. *. v. ovkovv. 621 ; »cat Tot should be read. » Thuc. iii. 57. i. See Donalds. Gk. Gr. 2 Plato, Symp. p. 219 c. § 493. ' Theophr. Charact. c. H. 10 In the first case the result is particular, * Before (i.) beginning dinner, (2.) finish- in the second it is general. In Latin we ing dinner, (3.) rising up from dinner. should use the perfect and imperf. subj. ' Disgraceful deeds, and many too. respectively. See Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 596 ; Many deeds, and disgraceful too. Jelf, % 863 ; Madvig, Lat. Gr. % 38a, Obs. 8 jravTes ot airb twi/ dypJii/ tt? ttjv ir6Ati» i ; Livy, i. 4, § 5 ; 16, § i ; Caes. B. G. iii.* d. €pp€i TO, KoiXa' MiVSa/)o? OLTrea-a-ova' ireLvoyvrt TwvSpc? 2. Show that the following passages need correction, and amend them : — a. MH. ovTTO) ^pyjvei's' p-cve koI yrjpas. I A. (3 reKva ^lAraTa. MH. fJLrjTpi ye, (rol B' ov.^ 1 * Ex asse et semisse semisse factum 2 Homer, Odyss. iv. 684. See L. and S. est fenus : quatemis igitur liberis tuis ex s. v. fii^, iv., and compare Odyss. xi. 613. capite isto t H^S^enties vicies quinquies, 8 Homer, Odyss. xix. 177. Cf. Hesiod, non amplius H.S. septingena quinqua- Fragm. viL (Goettl.) See L. and S. j. v. gcna, aequatis partibus, in annum vectigal Tptxatxe?. fuerit. ^ hx.Av. 194. See Jelf, Gk. Gr. 741 e. * For the phraseology, see Cic. Ati. iv. Paley on Iliad, x, 339. cf. Ar. Eccl. 1000, 15, § 7. For the notation, Donalds. Lai. j- g Gr. % 64, Ods. 4 adjin., where, for si:>r per ^"^ V f f /, • -rv.- • .u . cent and>«r per cent. , as the equivalents * Xen. I/el/en. 1. i. 23. This is the cele- of sextantes and quadrantes, we should brated/acaAa=' the t The sestertium is taken at £8. The //w3< 12500=125 X loopoo ^-^ j ^g, note. For the history, see 6V«- sestertu = H.S. centies vicies quinquies. , , ^ .._.,,... Similarly, the total income=;{;6ooo=;C8 X dents Greece, cap. xxxii. ; Grote, ch. Ixiu. 750= 750 sestertia. ^ Eur. Med. i^g6. Porson reads yijpao-it'. See Paley in loc. Exammation Papers, lOi h. Tc^Sc y' difn/JKTij) Trara^o) ry Ko66pv\ov TrerpaSj OTTCDS, TTcSot (TKl^xfacraj TWV TrdvTOiV TTOVOiV dTnjWdyrjv ; ^ Show the force of the aorist epptifa. Explain the use of ottws (final) with the Indicative.* 4. Describe (with examples) the normal development of a Greek polity.^ 5. Determine the position of Socrates in relation to preceding and to succeeding philosophers.' What was his SatfioviovV 6. State and criticise Plato's Ideal Theory. Distinguish the different meanings which have been attached to the word Idea. 7. Translate into Greek prose : — a. So it was Themistocles who saved Greece ! ' i?. I shall be told that he was an honest citizen. I answer that he was a bad king." 8. Translate, with explanatory and illustrative notes : — a. Hoc verum est tota ferri te, Cynthia, Roma, Et non ignota vivere nequitia ^^'^ 1 Ar. Lys. 657. Read rai/ojicry (ry a.\p.), « On Socrates generally, see Grote's K.T.K. See Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 398. Greece, ch. Ixviii. ; Donalds. Gk. Ltt.. ch. i. » Plat.^ Gv^ ^ol/ic, rov vofxov Ti^iy?.* Distinguish between tt/dos rairra and irpbs TovTot.) Aristoph. Av. 1337-9. 2 See Donalds. Gk. Gr. §§ 608-614 ; Jelf, * Soph. O. T. 1391-3. §§ 424 /3, 432 fi. In (*) a;' is used with 5. « lb. Ant. 686. because it is really the apodosis of a hypl. « lb. Philoct. 289-292. sentence, the protasis being suppressed ; ' See Donalds. Gk. Gr. §§ 570, 548 (30^ ovT« being used because a positive fact is 571 ; Jelf, § 762. stated ; lit. is used without av because a 8 Dio Cass. 42, p. 285. simple wish is expressed ; and /xijtc because » Plat. Gorg. p. 450 e. the negation is indirect. See New. Crat. '<> Xen. HelUn. v. 4. 34. § 187. 11 Plat. Gorg. p. 512 B. Examination Papers, 105 4. How did Pericles modify the Athenian constitution % How did his influence aflect the prosperity of his country and the character of his countrymen ? Justify your statements. 5. Assign to their authors the following dogmas, and explain them : — a. fjiifiTjcTLs ecrri rd. orra twv dpi6fX(ov.^ b. irdvra yjprnxaTa r)v ofiov' ilra vous k\d(iiv avroL SieKotr- C. TO StKaiov lo-Ti KoX TO al(TXpov ov v(r€t dWa v6fi(pj d. TravTwv xp-qfidrtov fxcrpov dvdpaiTros.* 6. Distinguish the Atoms of Democritus from the Homoeo- meriae of Anaxagoras.* 7. State and discuss Mr. Paley's theory of the authorship of the Homeric poems.* 8. Determine the meaning of the following Homeric phrases : — a. hrea irrepoevTa irpoo-qv^a. b. aTTTCpoS €7r\€T0 fXvdoS. c. KovpiSLrjv dXoxov. d. 'l6dK7)v evSeUXov.^ 9. Explain the following proverbs : — Aios Koptv^os — A-qfivia €pya — Bevrepos ttXovs — koAoios ttoti koXolov — vs tt/oos 'Adrjvdv,^ 10. Explain : — aTrayo)-)/!}, dTroypaid. v. i. 57. (3.) Con- struction after verbal substantives in -io, as in Most. i. I. 33 ; Aul, iii. 2. 9. See Ram- say on Most. 1. c. (4.) Quasi-causative sense of cum with indie. Most. iL 2, 2 ; Trin. iv. i. i seqq. (5.) Quisque=gui- cunque. Amph. i, i. 156, iv. 3. 14. (6.) Pleonastic use of pronouns, e.g., Merc. iv. 3. 14. Suus vir suam uxorem salutat. (7.) Strict use oiquamvis, e. g., Men. ii. 2. 43 ; Rud. ii. 3. 42. (8.) Peculiar use of qui. Men. iii. i. 6, v. 5. 31. Excursus i.-ix. in Ramsay's edition of Most, may be con- sulted with advantage. 1 See Sir G. C. Lewis, Crediby. of Early /?.//■. i. 15, 19 seqq. ; ii. 488. 8 See Index to Merivale's Rome, and, in Dicty. of Biogy. s. v. Nero, a short sum- mary of his character. • The original seat of the Aryan race was near the sources of the Oxus and Yax- artes, the highest elevation of Central Asia. See Max MuUer, Lect. onScience o/Lang. 1. 248 ; ib. 411 ; Gk. L. and S. may be said to be sisters ; ib. 176, ii. 407. * The three main theories are — (i.) That language was innate and organic. (2. ) That it was the result partly of imitation, partly of convention. (3.) That language was re- vejfled. See Farrar's Origin, etc., p. 7. The second is, we think, the most tenable. See, however, M. Miiller, i. 371 seq. * ^taticum — ad-diem-hunc — qua-re — ecce — ecce-iste — curia — dominicilla — me{t)-ipsissimus — cauda — vitrum. Church is usually derived from xvpicucT; (oiKui sc.), but it has been proposed to con- nect it with Cyrch, a central-point or place of central meeting. See Smith's Dicty. oj Bible s. v., and a letter in the Guardian, Nov. 28, 1866. This last is a communication by Rev. J. Earle, late Professor of Anglo- Saxon at Oxford. Priest from jrpeo-^ure- poy. Squirrel {rom'ZKC-ovfXK, 'the animal with a shadowing tail' See Max Miiller, ut su^r. i. 382. io8 Exammation Papers. LIV. 1. When is the Future Optative employed by Attic writers ?* Criticise its use in the following passage : — 0E. aXka. Seii/ov, w StoKjoaTcs, tovto ye oivaL. 2ft. Set ye iikvroi, ct a-ioa-oifiev rbv TrpocrOev \6yov' (I 8c /jit/, ot^erat.* 2. Compare the use in the Homeric Poems and Pindar with that found in the Attic writers of the particle av (or kc) with (i.) Future Indicative, (2.) Subjunctive Mood, (3.) Optative, (4.) Participle, (5.) Infinitive.' 3. What is Dawes's rule respecting the construction of ottco? /xrj and ov firj with the subjunctive P Criticise its accuracy. 4. Explain the grammar of the following sentence: — a. cTTtcr^wv av, cws ot TrAcicTTOt twv eiwOortav yv(a/xr)v dTr€'qvavTOj i^crv^^iav av ct)(ov.' d. 6X010 fi'qrrd), irpXv fiddot/x^ ei Kot TrdXiv yViXiav CKaCTTOS, dXX' €0-Tt TOVTO Mart. ii. 6. " Ar. Av. 194. ^ Liv. xxv. 6. 5. ^^ lb. iv. 87. * Hor. Ep. i. 16. 5- ' Catull. 4. no Exammatio7i Papers, c. Quid petis % ut nummi, quos hie quincunce modesto Nutrieras, pergant avidos sudare deunces % ^ 8. Explain the following words and phrases : — Boves Lucae ; Cedro digna locutus ; Clavum anni movere ; Egredi rela- tionem; Talassio ; Dies intercisus ; Bissextus dies; Annus bissextus,— in such a year what day is meant by X. Kal. Mart. % 9. Translate and explain : — Ikci^os ovv Ty\v kA^o-iv €ts Sv* ^fjLcpas ed^jKCVj €15 ye rrjv evrjv re kol vcav, tv' at Secrets yiyvoivTO ry vovfir^VL^* 10. Translate — Xprj Scj orav [xev TLdrja-Oe tovs vofiovs^ ottoiol rives dai CTKOTrelv' cTTCiSav 8e '^rjcrdey 4>vXdTTeiv /cat crKOTretv. By what tenses in Latin would the words TLdrja-Oe and '^rjaOe be rendered 1 11. Discuss the question whether women were admitted to the theatre at Athens.' 12. Give 'some account of the legal position of a Roman paterfamilias. 13. What are the Greek technical grammatical terms for — letters, accents, proper names, article, participle, infini- tive % * 14. What age do you assign to the art of writing among the Greeks, and what do you consider to be the origin and time of its introduction at Rome % ^ 15. Describe briefly, with dates, the leading events of the first Punic War. 16. Write a life of Sulla, with dates. 1 Pers. V. 149. * ypafifiara, or VTOi-x'la, Trpoo-wStai, ov6' ^ Ax. Nub. ii8g. /u-axa ^cvpta, rb apdpov, ftero^cit ey^AKri? 3 See authorities in Wilkins's Lai. Prose, airape><^aTOs. p. 175; Dicty. of Antiq. s. v. Theatrum, p. 1124; Plat. Gorg. 502 D. oloj' nalSuv 5 See Diciy. of Antiq. s. v. Atramen- re 6/u.ov, ic.T.A. , turn ; Comm. on liiad vi. 168. Examination Papers, 1 1 1 17^ Give an account of the siege-works constructed at Syracuse at the time of the Athenian invasion, and a summary of the events of the war. 18. Describe the battle of Arbela. What was its date \ {Trinity College, 1869.] LV. 1. Point out and correct the errors in the following passage. Write it out with the proper accents and breathings : — aAA,' c/ott' Is OAv/iiTrov Kai Kcpawtovs fSoXas Xa/3ovcra Trarcpos €k )(€ipoiv Kapa SoKCfc orav OTpaTevfxa Apyctov c^tot Ka\Aaj3i(|> roAavra 5i«'- oirtos eKwAvaei'. I 12 Examination Papers. d, A duty of five per cent, was laid upon all exports, of which the chief items were hides, hemp, flax, wool, wheat, barley, rye, rock-salt, and copper-ore.* 4. Derive and explain the following words : — (i.) Flamen, (2.) Compitalia, (3.) Februarius, (4.) Mostellaria, (5.) Bidental, (6.) Arrhabo, (7.) PostUminium, (8.) Redemptor, (9.) Licitatio, (10.) Simultas, (11.) Vexillum.* Quote any passages you may remember, which illustrate their respective meanings. 5. What is meant by the * Epic Cycle ? ' » What part of it supplied the largest proportion of subjects to the ancient artists, especially to the painters ? What poems are extant upon the Argonautic Expedition % State their respective antiquity. 1 'EjtI cMCOffT^ Tr)s Tt/u.TJs eTa9e- pas, TTjv KOLva^iv, TO kCvov, rh epiop, tov n^vpbv, TttS icpido.;, TttS 6Xx5pas, tov oAa, itai Tov K160V rhv xaXxiTiriv. 2 [\.) Flamen, most prob. iox /ilamen, from a band of wool (Jilum) worn round their head-dress {apex). Hence Liv. vi. 41, apicent dialetn imponere=to make a flamen dialis. Cf. Ovid, Fasti, iii. 397. Another derivation is irom. pileus,Jiami*tes being considered=//&awr«^j. (a.) Compitalia, a festival of the cross- roads [compita, ' ubi viae competunt ') . See Ov. ut supr. v. 140, with Paley's note. (3.) See Ov. ut supr. ii, 19-54. (4.) The title of one of the comedies of Plautus, from Mostellum, dim. of motts- trum. The titles ending in -aria are ad- jectives, and derived, severally, from the noun which describes that on which the plot of the play turns. Thus, Aulularia (fabula sc.) is 'the little-jar [plla, Ollula, Ault^la) play.' Cistellaria, ' the little chest play.' Vidularia, 'the little wallet {Vi- dulus) play.' Asinaria, * the ass-play,' etc. In the Most., Theuropides, an old man, is made to believe, by Tranio, the slave of his son Philolaches, that his house is haunted. See ii. 2, and especially v. 73. Quae hie monstra fiunt, anno vix possum eloqui. (6.) Arrhabo, from a Hebrew root mean- ing a pledge, is that which is given, in a money transaction, by one contracting I)arty to another, as evidence of a contract, and of agreement as to price. The name is sometimes given to a present made, on betrothal, by a future husband to a future wife. See Plant. Most. iii. i. 109 seqq. ; Mil Glor. iv. i. 11. {7. ) Postliminium is the term applied to the recovery by a man of the rights of citizenship on coming back to his own home and threshold, after being in an ene- my's power. See, on the case of Mancinus, who was delivered up to the Numantines as a prisoner, and refused by them, Cic. De Or. i. 40. 181 ; De Off. iii. 30. log ; Pro CcEcind, 34- (10.) Simultas, from simul together, is, * a coming together, an encounter,' in any way, but always in a hostile sense. In later Latin the word=an agreement. (11.) Vexillum, like our ffag, is used of the standard, and the men serving under it. Tacitus denotes, by this term, any body of soldiers serving apart from, the legion under a separate ensign, and sometimes an army collectively. See A nn. ii. 78 ; Hist. i. 31, 53, 70 ; ii. 11. 8 By the ' Epic Cycle ' is meant a collec- tion of upwards of thirty poems on heroic subjects taken from Gk. legends, and ar- ranged by the grammarians of Alexandria, about the second century B.C., in a chrono- Examination Papers, 1 1 3 6. Name the Greek historians who wrote before Herodotus. Give a list of the principal historians between Herodotus and Polybius, and the subjects of their works. ^ 7. Give a brief sketch of the principal events of the Pelo- ponnesian War, with dates. What was its result upon the ex- tent of the Athenian dominion % What was the character of Lysander ? 8. What was the Athenian system of raising the revenue % Explain reXos, d^r^ofia.^ iTriSocrts, Tpir\po.p\ia. Give the principles of the Roman system ; and explain cen- sus ^ capite census, indictio, caput, publicani^portoria. Explain the legend on a medal of Nerva's, ' Vehiculatione Italiae remissa.' * 9. Give a brief history of the First Civil War of Rome, stating the changes made in the constitution of the Republic by Marius, and by Sylla. What were the offices held by Julius Caesar in the last years of his life, and what was the extent of the powers he enjoyed in virtue of them ? 10. (i.) Give Caesar's account of the religion of the Gauls. (2.) Quote the locus classicus in Lucan, describing their pan- theon. (3.) What were the national deities of the Britons, and to which of the Roman divinities were they made individually logical series, beginning with the inter- ler, ut supr. cap. xix. ; Museum Criticum, marriage of Uranos and Ge, and ending L 79-101, 216-225. Hdt. was bom B.C. 484, with the death of Ulysses by the hands o' Polybius, B.C. 204; the principal historians his son Telegonus. See Muller, Hist. Lit. are, therefore, Pherecydes (fl. 480), Thucy- Greece, cap. vi, ; Orellion Hor. A. P. 136; dides (471), Xenophon (? 444), Ctesias (fl. Grote, ch. 21. 400), Theopompus (378), Callixenus (270). The great poems are the Argcmautica, '^ Indictio is (i.) the imposition of a tax, in four books, by Apollonius Rhodius (cir. and hence (2. ) a tax itself, paid in kind. B.C. 200), and a poem, bearing the same Ca/«/ is the capital or principal. — See Hor. title, by Valerius Flaccus, written about .S". i. 2. 14. — F^AzVw/a/zo was the providing A.D. 70. The subject is also treated in the of couriers, like the Persian ayyapot (Hdt. fourth Pythian Ode of Pindar (b.c. 466), viii. 98), for the emperor's speedy informa- and in the seventh book of the Metam. of tion of what might be happening in distant Ovid (a.d. 7). parts of Italy or elsewhere : the cost was 1 The historians before Hdt. were Heca- defrayed, as a rule, by the several pro- taeus of Miletus, Charon of Lampsacus, vinces through which they passed, but Eugeon of Samos, Deiochus of Procon- sometimes out of the emperor's privy-purse; nesus, Eudemus of Paros, Hellanicus of hence the inscription, 'On remitting the Lesbos, Pherecydes of Leros, Xanthus a cost of the imperial couriers in Italy.'— See Lydian, Dionysius of Miletus. See Mul- Forcellini, s. v. 14 Examination Papers. to correspond % (4.) Give examples from ancient dedicatory inscriptions. (5.) What was the office of Jupiter DolychenuSy and what localities were peculiarly consecrated to his worship?^ II. a. From what nation did the Romans take the model of their original coinage, and what was its nature P b. Give the etymology of stater^ drachma^ obolus^ collyhus. Explain solidus^ denarius^ vidoriatus^ milliarensis, sestertius.* Translate — (i.) * Et toties tamen sestertio geditiales caenae frugalis- simis viris constiterunt' (2.) *Divitem avarum millies ses- tertium servum.' (3.) *Tabulas duas Ajacis et Veneris mercata est a Cyzicenis HS |XII| ' — (4.) ' Pretium ejus in libras X.vi.' (5.) * Conturbabit Atlas et non erit uncia tota.'* \Trinity College Scholarships ^ 1865.] 1 (i.) See Caesar, B. G. vi. 17, 18. (2.) See Lucan, i. 444 seqq. (3.) and (4.) See Notes and Queries, fourth Series, iv. 316 seqq. (5.) See Dicty. o/Geogy. s. v. Roma, p. 812. 3 Probably from Etrurla. See Dicty. 0/ Antiq. s. v. As. ' Stater, from same root as tcm7/w.i, liter- ally means a standard. See Dicty. of Antiq. s. v. Stater. Drachma, from Spanrcrofjiax, I hold in my hand, is A handful (of obols sc. ) O bolus is from o^eXos, a spit, with which the coins were stamped. See L. and S. s. V. 6/3oA6s for another derivation. Collybus, (i.) the exchange between one country and another ; or, (2.) the profit or loss on such exchange ; this is from the Gk. KoAAvjSos, which, besides the above, also means a small coin. The origin is said to be Phoenician. Soltdus {nummus sc.) was the name given, after the time of Alexander Severus, to the aureus nummus, or denarius au- reus, he having coined pieces of the value of one-half and one-third of the aureus, called semissis and tremtssis. See Dicty. of Antiq. s. v. Aureus. Denarius (sc. nummus), so called as originally containing ten asses. Victoriatus was the name given to thf quinarius, or half-denarius, from the figure of Victory on it. See Cic. pro Font. 5, 9. Exegisse Porcium temos victoriatos, and Liv. xli. 13. The victory commemorated appears to have been that of Clodius over the Istrians, b. c. 177. See Dicty. of Antiq. s. V. Denarius. Milliarensis is containing a thousand, and might be applied to a coin or sum of the value of looo asses. * The passages are from (i.) Senec. Epist. 95- (3-) Plin. H. N. XXXV. 9. (4.) lb. xii. 25. (5.) Martial, ix. 3. 5. See Paley in loc. In (4.) Pliny is describing the costuvt- root The meaning is, * Its price is six denarii the pound.' See Forcell. sub lit. X, and Diet. A nt. s. v. Denarius, sub fin. In (i.) the ordinary reading is aditiales, in which case the passage will mean, ' And yet as many times inaugural entertainments cost the most economical men a sestertium.' Aditialis is from adire, to approach, enter upon: \l ced. be read, the meaning might be, * House-warming suppers.' See For- cell. s. V. In (2.) the meaning appears to be, 'A rich miser, a slave to a hundred million sesterces.' See Donalds. Lat. Gr. § 55, Obs. 6 : § 56, Obs. 4. Examination Papers. 1 1 5 LVI. 1. What was the grand object kept in view by Herodotus in planning his History % Briefly sketch the mode in which he has carried it out. For what purpose does Polybius state he composed his History, and what space of time did it em- brace ? What great historical periods are described in the extant portions of his work ?* 2. Give an account of the two Persian invasions of Greece. Trace the line of march of Xerxes on that occasion, indicating his principal halting-places. What idea of the extent of his kingdom may be deduced from the contingents of troops furnished to his army by the respective provinces ? What was the equipment of the Ethiopians serving under him % How far did the second Persian Empire extend in the reign of Chosroes 11., and what was his date ^'^ 3. Describe the principal events of the Peloponnesian War. To what point is the history of it carried down by Thucydides, and what other contemporary author has left an account of the concluding period % ' 4. Briefly narrate the circumstances of the rise and fall of 1 The object of P., as stated by himself books, extending from B.C. 220 to B.C. 146. (iii. 2-5), was (i.) to explain the cause of the We have five books (1-5) entire, and frag- Hannibalic war : (2.) to describe the in va- ments of the others. The third book carries sion of Italy: (3.) the alliance of Philip with the second P. war down to Cannae: the Carthage : (4.) the disputes between Anti- fourth and fifth are devoted to the affairs ochus and Ptolemy Philopator : (5.) the of Greece and Syria. See Donalds. Gk. war of Prusias and the Rhodians with By- Lit. ii. 76-86. zantium: then to detail the C. and R. 2 For the Ethiopians, see Hdt. vii. 69. operations in Spain, Sicily, and Africa, to- Chosroes 11. reigned from 590 to 628 A.». gether with other wars arising in connec- He extended the P. empire over Mesopo- tion with the history of Rome. See the tamia, Syria, Palestine, Egypt, and Asia extracts in Dicty. of Biogy. s. v. Polybius. Minor, ultimately pitching a camp at Chal- Hismainobject he states, more briefly, to cedon, opposite to Constantinople, where be the showing by what means, and in what the P. remained ten years. See Student's manner, the R. became masters of the Gibbon, cap. xxiv., and Dicty. Biog. s. v. world — (i. 3, § 9 : iVa /iXTjfiels ^17x7} ffoiois Sassanidce, No. 24. £ia/3ovXioi$ Tj woiai? fiuva/aeo-tv koX x°PV ' Thucyd. ends with the twenty-first yiais xP'?<'"*Mc>'ot 'Pwfiaiot nfj? -yris Koi ttjs year of the war, B.c. 411. The conclusion ^oAaTTTjs eyivovTO 7ra0ov xP^^ov T€a-cra/oa, rpia 17/itTaAavTa €Ka(rTOV cA- Kovra — \€(ov cXkwv a-raOfiov e^So/xov "qfiLTaXavTOu, dTreTOLKr] yap avrov reraprov T^/xtraAavTov.* 12. Derive S/aa^/x^, o^oAos, Ilvy/xatot, IkttAc^/jos Bpo/xos : 1 See Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 253, Obs. 4. The passage is from Pliny, H. N. xxxiv. It is found, among other monuments, on 16 (ed. Tauchn.) See Dicty. of Biogy. the Arundel marbles, and dates, according s. v. J amis. to some authorities, from the time of Solon 2 n_ Scortei, n. fictiles, are coins of (B.C. 594). * It is impossible, from any ex- leather and earthenware respectively, isting records or monuments, to fix the date They are mentioned by S. Jerome, who of the origin of Gk. arithmetical notation.' says of Numa, * Capitolium quoque a fun- — *Peacock, § 42. The later system was, damentis aedificavit, et congiarium dedit in origin, Phoenician or Hebrew. See asses ligneos etjc<7r/£'^j.' Hieron. CAn;«. Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 16; Neiu Crat. §§ 153 sub anno mccc. {Opera, viii. p. 426, ed. seqq. By kn., considered as a technical VaJlarsi.) numerical term, is meant ' the indicating The dates are 269 and 207 B.C. See letter:' thus e^. /Saw was the name given Diet. Ant. s. v. Denarius.— Triens=4 per to the character which supplied the place cent, per annum. —H.S. |XIl|=i2,ooo se»- in the Gk. alphabet of the Hebrew Vau. lerces. For this and the following, see (Peacock, § 44.) For the R. notation, see Plin. H. N. xxxiiu 55, but the readings Varron. ch. 7, § 7. * Dean Peacock's vary : X. X. appears tci bo 10,000 denariL Treatise on Arith. in the Encycl. Metrop., See atite, page 114. 1829, to which the student is referred, as * Mart. ix. 3. also to Girdlestone's Arith. § 13. * Hdt. 1. 50. b Exammation Papers, 119 cxlum, cosna^ convicium^ infitias ire^ extemplo^ incitega^ sigillum^ immanisy segnis^ securus, silicernium, simplex^ Manius, Scipioy Thorius Furius^ Agrippa^ Cocles^ Maficinus, Give the exact sense of candor, simplicitas^ vanitas, urhanitas.^ \Trinity College Scholarships, 1866.] LVII. 1. What does Cicero mean by varepov TrpoTepov^OfirjpiKws'i Describe briefly the adventures of Ulysses after leaving Troy till he arrived in Phseacia. What appear to have been Homer's notions of Geography 1 Mention any words used in different senses in the Iliad and Odyssey, or any other apparent discrepancies.^ 2. What is known of the historians Berosus, Menander, and Manetho ? Have any of their works been preserved, and in what form 1 1 Convicium, from con, vox. Incitega Codes, connected with oculus. Donalds, is a corruption of ayyo^Kij, or eyyud^jtrj. New Crat. § 154, derives from cceculus. SeeVici. Ant. s.\.—Immanis is said to ilfa«<:i«w^, connected with ;«««««, which be the opp. of Manis, good, from which is, properly, one maimed in, or who has weha.vc Di Manes. See Diet. Ant. i.w. lost, a hand. Juv. iii. 48. Mana, Manes.— Silicemiunt, see Parry Ca«^r=pure bright whiteness, especi- on Ter. Ad. iv. 2. ^%.—Manitts is said to ally produced by excessive heat : hence in be derived from mane, a.nd=om born in our sense of refined uprightness. tlie morning. — Scipio, from aKCnuv, a staff 6"/w//i<:«Vaj=single-heartedness, with no — Lat. scipio. (Liv. v. 41. 7.) The name is duplicity in the character, said to have been given to a Cornelius be- Fa«iVaJ=unsubstantiaIness in any way. cause he served as a staff in directing a [/rl>anitas=' c'lty-mannerism,' whether blind father (^patrcm pro baculo regebat, — in a good or bad sense : most commonly in Macrob. Sat. i. 6, ad fin.) Munro on the former. Lucr. iii. 1034. ^ %^q ad Att.K. \(>. x. The allusion ap- In Thorius Furius the latter name is a pears to be to Homer s passing at once in kind of translation of the former, which is medias res, and introducing explanatory {rom.Qo\)pKOai.* Explain y/aa^at aTrpoa-Taa-iov, eTTLTpoinjs, €^ov\rj<;, and the phrases t^v firj ova-av diArtAax^tv, v7r(Ofio(Ttaj SttafxocTia, TrapdcTTacrLS.^ 5. Translate, explaining the construction, and illustrating by parallel passages : — 1 Berosus lived in the reign of Antiochus II. (B.C. 261-246). Fragments of his work XoAfiaiKa are preserved in Josephus, Euse- bius, and elsewhere. See Donalds. Lit. Gr. L 329. The date of Menander of Ephesus, or Pergamus, is quite uncertain (Donalds, Lit. Gr. L 330) : fragments are foimd in Josephus. Manetho lived in the reigns of Pt. the son of Tragus, and Pt. Philadelphus : he was an E. priest, and was the first to give in Gk. an account of the doctrines, history, etc. , of his native country. His great work was an E. history in three books : fragments, in Josephus. (Donalds. Lit. Gr. L 326.) For some account of Alexandria, see Donalds, Lit. Gr. i. 256 sef^. The literary rival city was Pergamus, famous for its parchment copies, as A. was for those on papyrus, 2 See Dicty. of Geogy. s. w. Babylon, Babylonia: Diet. Ant. s. vv. Pondera, Mensuree. Mi/a, from Hebrew tnanek— weight, and containing the same root as moneta, moiuy. KoJof, from same root as xa.vla.vt\.v , to contain. piKOi, oriental word for n-tdo?, a wine-jar. • The S. were of two kinds, (i.) public, (2.) private, and were persons to whom the decision of disputed points was referred, in preference to their being taken into court. The public S. were, most likely, appointed by the several tribes : the private by mutual agreement between the contehding parties. * Acrr;, a private suit or action : ypa^rj, a public indictment. 6 y. dir/>. was when a resident alien at A, did not choose a TrpocrTdTTj? or patron from among the citizens. See Dem. c. Lacnt. 940; and cf. Soph. O. K. 411: wot' oi» Kpe'oi^o? irpooTOiTOu yeyfiaxj/ofuii. y. ef . (i. ) actio rei judicatee, for contempt of court. (2.) a. und* vi, brought by a person vio- lently ejected from his property. — rr/i» ftrj uvcTttV (SiatTttv sc.) di'TiA.:i=:to get a decision of a SiouTTp-q? set aside as false or ground- less. — viru>/yi.=an application lor delay on affidavit. — fii(>>^.=an oath taken by both parties at the avaKpcaiv, or preliminary examination before an archon as to whether an action would lie, — rrop, was a small de- posit by way of court-fee : also used of the drachma paid as a fee to the JtaiTirnjv. Examination Paper^^^ ^'^^^^ i a. Suo-aiytjTos yap «" V C^ , .^ ^ ^..^ . . J' CITJV TOiavSc /A^ OV KaTOLKT€Lpr. 12. See Jelf, (;/&. Gr. § 750. 3 ; Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 529, Obs. i, § 530, Obs. 603 ; Journal o/C. andS. Phi- lology, vol. L 309. In the last-named authority, the usage is said to be epexegetic, and with reference to a suppressed protasis, the author stating that some idea like /xij fle'Awv is to be sup- plied from 0)5 (9eA.ovTos a.v in the preceding line : he would translate, ' As I should be devoid of pity, if I were not to be willing, that is to say, if,' etc. He compares v. 220 : ov ydp av fxaKpav Ixvevov avrbs firi ovk e Finibus^ Tusculan Disputations^ De Officiis, or the first and second books of Lucretius.* 1 Xen. Hell. ii. 3. 48. This is from a Tusculum, we have a discussion between speech of Theramenes in reply to Critias. Cicero and Cato on the relative merits of The peculiarity is 7rpivai'...jLieTexoiev. See the systems of Ethics put forth by the dis- Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 583 y, and note ; Jelf, ciples of Plato, and Aristotle, and those of Gk. Gr. § 848. 5 (a). Zeno. 2 For Rotn. Quadr., see Dicty. Geogy. They^«r/A book details the argument of s. V. Roma, pp. 724, 726, 727. For Septi- the New Academy against the Stoics. tnonttum, ib. p. 734. In Xhefifth book, of which the scene is ' In the De Finibus the opinions of the laid at Athens, M. Pupius Piso expounds Gk. schools of philosophy on the Supreme fully the ideas of Aristotle and his succes- Good are discussed. Inthe^rj/book, C., sors as to the Summum Bonum. Cicero in an imaginary dialogue with L. Manlius states the objections of the Stoics, which Torquatus, attacks the philosophy of Epi- are answered by Piso. curus, particularly his doctrine that the In the Tusculan Disputations we have Supreme Good is Pleasure, and the Supreme (Lib. i.) a discussion on the wisdom of de- Evil, Pain. This is answered by Torqua- spising death, with an investigation of its tus, who explains at length what the Epi- real nature. Next (Lib. ii.), the endurance cureans really held to be i^Soi^, of pain is dwelt upon. The next two books In the second book we have the argu- prove that the wise man is insensible to sor- ments of the Stoics against the whole rowand exempt fromall mental disquietude, system. "Yhe fifth book determines that virtue is, in In the third book, the scene of which itself, sufficient to secure happiness, is laid in the villa of young LucuUus at The treatise De Officiis discusses, in Examination Papers. 12 10. Compare Niebuhr's or Arnold's estimate of Cicero, and Caesar's character and policy with that given by Mommsen or Napoleon in. ; and state which you are inclined to agree with.i 11. a. Explain why several letters in the Latin Alphabet have a different position from that which they have in the Greek. b. Give the reason for the forms of the following words derived from Greek : — dracuma^ mina, Hercules, Hecuba, ^sculapius, turunda, plctcenta, amphora. Book i., the nature of the honestum, with its four subdivisions of 5"a/tV«/iVi, Justitia, Fortitudo, Temperantia : in Book il the utile is considered : in Book iii. the relative merits of utile and honestum. This book contains a number of difficult cases of con- science, among which may be mentioned the stories of Gyges (cap. 9), of Canius and Pythius (14), Regulus (26), Hannibal's pri- soners (32. See Liv. xxii. 58). The subjects of the several books of Lucretius are — (i.) The wretchedness of religio (superstition). (2.) The eternity of matter. (3.) The corpuscular theory. (4.) The theory of the senses. (5. ) Cosmogony, physical and metaphysical. (6.) Natu- ral phenomena, disease — the Plague at Athens. In i., beginning with an address to Venus, the universal mother, to help him to de- scribe the nature of things, and especially to secure peace, that Memmius, to whom the poem is dedicated, may be able to at- tend to his poem, we have the abject state of men under religio described, till Epicurus came: sacrifice of Iphigenia : the nature of the soul, its origin, its state after death : first principle of nature : a definite origin necessary for everything : nothing can be reduced to nothing : all nature consists of body: doctrine of first-beginnings: ideas of Heraclitus about fire shown to be absurd : the doctrine of Anaxagoras also defective : the book concludes with an appeal for at- tention while he applies what he has been stating about atoms and void to explain the system of the universe (vv. 921-950). Book ii. — Transcendent delights and ad- vantages of philosophy : nature of atoms explained : by them everything comes into and goes out of being : their ceaseless motion : they swerve imperceptibly from the perpendicular : though the several atoms are in motion, yet the universe ap- pears to be at rest because we cannot trace their motion : they have many shapes, but the number of different shapes is finite, and yet the number of atoms of each shape is infinite: atoms have no colour, because coloiu^ must have light, and atoms never come to the light, but beget colour by their motions, by which fact we may account for changes of colour : furthermore, they are without heat, cold, sound, flavour, or smell. There are more worlds than one : there cannot be gods, for they could not rule all the worlds. On Lucretius generally, see, besides Prof. Munro's m.isterly edition, Oxford Essays, 1855 ; Sellar's Roman Poets of the Republic, 199-336, especially 228-237 : Macmillan's Mag. xii. 49, xviii. i>97; Journal of C. and S. Phil. i. 21, 252, 372, iv. 121, 287; yournal of Philo- logy, i. 114. 1 See (i.) Niebuhr's Lectures on R. Hist. vol. iii. (ed. Schmitz). (2.) Arnold's Later Roman Commonwealth, ii. 107 seqq. (Caesar), 212 seqq. (Cicero). (3.) Momm- sen's Rome, Book v. c. 11 (Caesar) ; ib. c la (Cicero). (4.) Napoleon's Julius Ccesar, i- 399. 485 ; "• 428, 5". 571. 579. 608. The sketch of Caesar by Mommsen is the most graphic : that by Napoleon represents liim more as an intriguer than a genius. 124 Examination Papers. c. Account for the following barbarous spellings of words, and give in each case the true spelling, with your reasons : — coelum^ coma, coenum^ quatuor, connectOf connubiiim^ conditio^ ditio^ solatium^ tentare, secius, audumnus^ eumdem^ inperatory litera^ solmnis^ suspicio (noun), Caius^ Cneius. 12. State, with sufficient examples, the leading rules which determine the moods and tenses used in the Latin Oratio Obliqua. \Trinity College Scholarships ^ 1867.] LVIII. I. How were dates recorded at Athens, Sparta, and Argos, in the time of Thucydides ? Explain the method of reckoning by Olympiads. When and by whom was it introduced V What year B.c. corresponds to 01. 87. 2 ? Arrange the following events in chronological order, and give the date (b.c.) of each : — the (i.) commencement and (2.) termination of the Peloponnesian War ; (3.) the expulsion of thd Pisistratidae ; (4.) the formation of the Achaean league ; (5.) the return of the Heraclidae ; (6.) the death of Socrates ; {7.) the peace of Antalcidas ; (8.) the capture of Corinth by Mummius ; the battles of (9.) Arbela, (10.) Chaeronea; (ii.) Himera, (12.) Mantinea, (13.) Marathon, and (14.) Salamis.*^ 9.. Draw a * stemma Caesarum,' showing the relationship of Tiberius, Claudius, and Nero to Augustus and to each other.' 1 See Dicty. Antiq. s. v. Chronologia. were also battles at the same place in 418, 2 The order is 5, 3, 13, " and 14, i, 2, 295, 242, 207. , , , 6 7, 12, 10. 9, 4, 8 : the several dates, 1104, . + ^^'^'P's victory : there was also a battle ' in A.A*j 510, 490, 480, 431, 404, 399. 387. *362, 1338, ^J- . 280 ia6 b c Tibenus was the son of Livia, and step- ♦' This supposes the battle in which Epa- son of Augustus, minondas was killed to be meant : there Claudius was the son of Nero CI. Drusus, Examination Papers. 125 3. Draw a map of Roman Britain, marking the chief towns and the main roads. Quote from the Latin poets any passages you remember in which mention is made of Britain, its inhabitants and products.* 4. * They may talk as they will of the dead languages. Our auxiliary verbs give us a power which the ancients, with all their varieties of mood and inflection of tense, never could attain.' * Discuss this proposition, and bring examples to confirm or refute it. 5. Translate the following into Greek and Latin : — a. The defendant left the court while the plaintiff was speaking." b. The arbitrator shall not give his decision till both parties have produced their witnesses.* c. The bankers will lend no money except upon good security.' d. A certain merchant borrowed £,^00 at six per cent. per annum.' e. The bakers, butchers, and vintners would only sell for ready money. ^ and nephew, on the fether's side, of Tibe- a.v tovs fidprvfyas vapaXai, ovre 01 on'OTrcoAai. Nisi praesente pecuniS vendere noJe * 'Ttp fiiaiTTj-rn fiiaiTav ovk efe'orou irptv bant turn pistores turn lanii turn cauponia. 126 Exaynijtation Papers. f. In consequence of the frauds of his agent he became bankrupt.* g. The ship was lost with its crew and freight of gold and silver plate, cameos and precious stones, curiosities of all kinds, tapestry, costly household furniture, etc.^ h. I wish he had come yesterday or the day before, that I might have spoken with him.' 6. Give the derivation and various meanings of the following words : — annona, augur, bidental^ liceo and liceor, litura^ momen- tum, nundince, patrimus, profanus, religio, tripudiuni. Quote any passage you remember in which any one of these words occurs with a rare signification.* 7. Discuss the origin and meaning of the proverbs: — (i.) Atos Ko/3tv^os,® (2.) act KoAotos wa/aa KoAotov,* (3.) Mvcrwj/ Acia,^ 1 * Hapa 5e Tovs tou t ejriTpoTrou <^evaKir) /xia aA,Aa €^ aSrjXov TrptoTOV €p\eTai vea irpocroyira KaXXvvovcra Kai irXrjptaixcvr) Kai oravirep avrrjs €vy€V€(rTaT7) <^avet TraXiv SiappcL Kai ctti fx-qScv €p)(€TaL.^ [ Trinity Scholarships, 1868.] LIX. I. Give an account of Max Miiller's theory of roots as the elementary form of language." What are Plato's (Cratylus), views of the origin of language % and Locke's, of the source whence 'words are ultimately derived?'^ State very briefly any other prevailing theories of the origin of language. Plat. Tkeeetet. ^oc) b. Cf. Cic. pro Flacco. taken up with other employments, ' ut non, 27. 65 : Si quis despicatui ducitur, My- lineam ducendo, exerceret artem.' sorum ultimus esse dicitur. * See this passage for Ne sutor sufra 1 This is found in Ar. Polit. v. ii (9, crepidam. alii)> § 13 ^^? -^ap ^Xo? eKKpoverai is the * Referred to in Cic. De Anttcit. 19. 67. complete form : Ar. is speaking of the as- The meaning is that, before we can count sociates of tyranny, and says xP>?<»'if*oi 01 any one as a real friend, we ought to have jToi^pol els TO. novrjpa- TJA.a) -yap, k.t.\., * for been for a long time on the most intimate one nail drives out another.' terms with him. See also L. and S. J. v. * Cic Ati. V. 15. 3, as a quotation. * A oA?. pack-saddle on an ass' almost='a hog in * Soph. Fragm. 713 (Dind.) armour,' and said of the appointment of a • Led. on Language., first Series, person to a task for which he is not fit. ' For some account of the dialogue of ' This is said by Pliny, *H. N. xxxv. Plato, see New Cratylus, § 60 ; Grote's 36, § 12, to have originated from the prac- Plato, ii. 501 seqq. See also Plat. Cratyl. tice of Apelles, who never had a day so 423 b : ovofia apa ktrrXv, ws eoixe, fiCfirifia 128 Examination Papers, 2. Point out the local seats, and trace the affiliation, of the existing branches of the Indo-Germanic family of languages, in Europe. 3. Explain historically the distinction and appropriation of * Provengal ' and ' French.' Derive and explain langue d'oc and langue (Toyl, Trace the origin of the French and Italian articles and demonstrative pronouns. Derive ici^ aussi^ autre, m^me, aurai (fut. oiavoii^).^ 4. Dr. Donaldson (Varronianus), argues that the French rather than the Italian represents the more perfect form of the original Latin. Test this view by a comparison of words in both languages with the Latin forms." 5. Give some account of the distribution of the populations, and of the dialects spoken, in Italy south of the Po, during the earlier period of the Roman Republic. 6. Explain from the derivation the meaning of declension and case, and give the Greek and Latin equivalents. Criticise ' nominative case,' genitive, dative, accusative, as applied to the relations which the terminations of those cases are supposed to represent. Give the Greek names of the five cases." What traces are there of other cases, originally existing in the Greek language ? and whence derived ? Distinguish appellative and proper nouns. 7. Define mood (of a verb). What is the general and funda- ^}n\aXi^Vj vocrclv ocjidaX- fiovSj iTTiTeTpafXfxcvoL rrjv v\aK'qv.^ *12s dvayKaiov ovSeva ovtlv' ovxi dfxioary€7ro)(€iv avrrjs.^ (tvv re 8v' epxofievo), koa. re rrpo o Tov evorjcrev, ottttws KcpSos ey' jxovvo'S 8' etirep re vo'qa-y, dWd T€ ot lipd(r6ovei(r6ai (to be envied), dva/SaOets (* mounted,' of a horse, Xen. de re Eq. i. i). 9. Distinguish u-rkpyeiv^ c/>^»'> tX€iVf dyair^v. Sei, yjpri^ 7rp€ir€ij '7rpocrrjK€i.^ Ordiri, incipere, inchoare (by the relation of each to its implied opposite). Hie, iste, ille. Explain and exemplify the distinctions and usages of quis, quisquam and ullus, quispiam, quisque^ quidam, aliquis. Varius, diversus, contrarius. 1 Madvig, Lat. Gr. § 346. iii. 357 ; Madvig, Lai. Gr. § 396, Ohs. 3. ' The w^«?^ expresses the aspect or mode (6. ) Jelf, Gk. Gr. § 372, 4 ; Comm. on Eur. under which an action is regarded. Farrar, Electr. 30 ; Hor. A. P. 56 ; Epist. L 5. 21 ; Gk. Synt. p. 128. See also Public Schools Journal of Philology, i. 93 seqq. Latin Primer, % \i,Z. » (1.) To love with natural affection; (2.) ' Madvig, Lat. Gr. § 345. to love passionately; (3.) to love person- * Plat. Gorg. 479 A. ^y=.amare ; (4. ) to love as a means of * Thuc. i. 126. II. showing regard for=a?'/725f^r^. See Trench, » Plat. Protag. 393 c. Syn. 0/ Gk. Test. § xii. ; Journal of ' Horn. //. K. 224. Philology, L 88 seqq.—Ael, of a positive 8 See (i.) Jelf, Gk. Gr. § 432. (2.) L. obligation ; xPVj of a relative ; irpeirei.=it and S. s. v. Kav. (3.) Wayte on Plat. Prot. is proper, with reference to the fitness of /.<:., and 317 c. {4. ) Paley on //ro^f, /. c. / things; n-poo^Kei=it belongs. See Xen. L. and S. s. v. re, A. i. 3 ; Donalds. Gk. Mem. iv. 7. i. — The words are severally Gr. § 389. {5.) See Paley on Ov. Fast. contrasted with desitiere, pergere, perfi- 130 Examination Papers, 10. Illustrate in Greek and Latin the grammatical and rhetorical figures, (i.) (euy/xa, (2.) h Scot Svoii/, (3.) t5s, KoAotos ttoti KoAotoi/, Kcpafievs Kcpaiiet, (2.) to cAos irptacrdai koX tovs aA.as, 'Attikos TrdpoLKos, Mvawv A,€ia, (3.) cTTt ^v/aais t^v vSpiaVy (4.) Atovvo-tos €v KopCvd(^, fi€Tapp€Lv (oo-TTcp Eu/3t7ro5 j and the ' topic of comparative good,' to avrw Kal (xttAws. ^ 12. Give an outline of a civil process in an Attic court of law. Explain Xayxoiveiv Slktjv (why Xayxdveiv 1), evOvSiKiOf dvaKpLcrts, irpvTavfxa, 7rapa(rTa(ris, TrapaKara^oXi^, i^ovXrjs Sikt;, v/3pLs (as a legal offence), kirirptTOL tokol. 13. Date in Olympiads and years B.C. the following events : — the battles of Marathon, ^gospotami, Arginusae, Leuctra, Chaeronea ; with the names of the parties engaged ; the peace of Antalcidas, the foundation of Megalopolis, defeat of the Mora by Iphicrates. Date Pharsalia, Philippi, Actium ; the cere. — Varius refers to several distinct 2 Ar. Rhet. i. 7. 35. {\.) Kowot 'Ep/i^? species, diversus to their different direc- = ' Shares ; ' hence the trait of the aicrxpo- tions, contrarius to their opposition to each »cep5^5 in Theophr. 30 (\') : evpio-KO/xerwv other. See Cic. Z)^ /?/»/«. ii. 26. 55 ; Virg, xaXKiav ('coppers') kv TaZ? 6601? v-kq tS)v jEn, ii. 39, vi. 160 ; Ov. Trist. i. 3. 19. oiKedav, fieivos aTratn^aou to fiepo^, Koivbi' 1 See (i.) Farrar's *Gk. Synt. p. 195; elj/at ^^o-as tov 'Ep/xT^f. (2.) 'To take good Jelf, Gk. Or. § 895 d. ; Madvig, Lat. Gr. and bad together.' See Ar. Rhet. ii. 23. § 478, Obs. 4. The figure is especially 15. (3.) Sc. 6et?. See Comm. ii. i. 6. 22, common in Tacitus, e.g.., Ann. ii. 20, vL ' aquam e loco remotiore petitamin foribus 21, 24. (2.) *Ib. p. 201. (3.) *Ib. p. 194; ipsis urceo incautius offenso profundere.' Eur. Hec. 38 ; Virg. E. iii. 80-83. (4-) *-^^- ^i^rr. it. of a restless neighbour, p. 77 ; Jelf, Gk. Gr. §§ 478, 584. (5.) *Ib. (4.) A. iv k.=' A great man out of luck,' p. 198. {6.)Quintil., viii. 6. 23, says that of Dionysius the younger, exiled B.C. the force of this figure is ' pro eo, quod 343- See Quintil. viiL 6. 5a. dicitur, causam, propter quam dicitur, fieToppelv, k.t.K, of undecided charac- ponere.' He instances Virg. y£"«. i. 177 ; ters. The ancients believed that the cur- Hor. A. P. 63, 64. See Jelf, Gk. Gr. § rent of the Eur. changed seven times a 353. (7.) */3. p. 199. See Lucret. iv. 1160- day ; hence j^schin. 66 {c. Ctes. § 90), of 1 169; Hor. S. i. 3. 44 seqq.: Plat. Rep. Callias, a resident in Chalcis, jrXeiovs rpa.- 400 K, 474 B, 560 E ; (8. ) Donalds. Lat. nofjievo^ rpoTras tov 'E. nap' t>v wxet. Cf. Gr. § 114. 2 KK ; Gk. Gr. § 361. 3// PAi/o- Plat. PAad. 90 C— See Cope's Introd. to hg^ical Museum, i. 679. Ar. Rh. i. 9.29. Ar. Rhet. X2^segq. Examination Papers. 1 3 1 accession of Tiberius, Nero, Septimius Severus, Constantine, the capture of Constantinople by the Turks. Write in English, a.d. hi. Non. Jan. a.d. viii. Id. Jan. A.D. XIV. Kal. Mart. a. d. v. Id. Mart.* {Trinity Scholarships 1869.] LX. 1. 'There are two methods by which Grammar may be treated as a science : the one employs the researches of com- parative philology, the other reasons from the facts and laws of the human mind.' Give instances of the application of each of these methods to the explanation of difficulties in Latin syntax. 2. What language is represented by the Eugubine Tables % When and where were they discovered, and of what do they consist ? 2 3. Translate the following passages, explaining and illus- trating what is remarkable in the usage of the negatives : — a. Post si quis vellet te haud non velles dividi % « b. Me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit unquam, ne nunc senem. c. Non modo ad expeditiones sed vix adquietas stationes sufficiebant.* d. Debebat Epicrates nummum nullum nemini. e. Non medius fidius prae lacrimis possum reliqua nee cogitare nee scribere.* / Pr. censtur Bansae nep fuid ; nei, suae Q. fust, nep eenstur fuid, nei, suae Pr. fust« 1 Iphicrates, B.C. 392=01. 97. i.— See 3 piaut. Aul. 242(11. 4. 7). description in Xen. Hellen. iv. 5, * Liv. iii. 6. 8. ' Sec Varronianus, cap. iii., and Smith's ' Cic. ad Att. ix. 12. i. Dicty. o/Geogy. s. v. Iguvium. « Varronianus, cap. iv. §§ 3, 4. 132 Examination Papers, 4. Explain the tense in the following passages : — a. Jamque aderit multo Priami de sanguine Pyrrhus, Natum ante ora patris, patrera qui obtruncai ad aras.* b. Quantum mutatus ab illo Hectore, qui redit exuvias indutus Achilli.' c. (Maiam) Idem Atlas gmerat^ caeli qui sidera tollit.^ d. Ceciditque superbum Ilium, et omnis \iMmofuinat Neptunia Troja.* e. Cratera antiquum, quem dat Sidonia Dido.' /. Valeri genus, unde Superbus Tarquinius regno pulsus /2<^//.« g, Barbatum hoc crede magistrum Dicere, sorbitio quem tollit dira cicutae/ Why cannot the doctrine of the historic present be strictly applied to them ? 5. Within what limits is the Infinitive Mood in Latin used like a noun substantive % 6. Examine the statement of Priscian, * Supina nominantur quia a passivis participiis, quae quidam supina nominaverunt, nascuntur,' — and explain the following : — Opsonatu redire ; Cubitu surgere ; MiUtes ubi centuriatum aut decuriatum venissent ; Tradunt . . . Neronem Britannici pueritiae illusum isse ; Contumelia mihi factum itur ; Apage dierectum ; In suae pis ionc meddis moltaum herest, moltaum licitud." 7. What historical or other evidences may be collected towards establishing rules for Latin orthography ? 8. Mark the quantities of the following words, explain- ing any peculiarities by reference to etymology -.—postea^ refert (impers.), religio^ nihil, veni, hortos, setius, sediiio, sedo, fericB. 1 Virg. /En. ii. 662. * Virg. /En. iii. a. ' Pers. iv. i. ' lb. 274. * lb- ix. 266. * See Varronianus, ut supr. « lb. viii. 14a * Hor. Serm. i. 6. 12. citat. Examination Papers. 133 9. * Oblitei sunt Romae loquier Latina lingua.' Whose com- plaint is this, and what truth is there in it % Is it prose or verse?* 10. Explain the following terms : — Vasa conclamare ; Evocatus ; Cohors ; Statumina ; Beneficiarii ; Contabulatio ; Latericulus ; Phalangae ; Fiduciarius ; Remulcum ; Ericius ; Nutricius. 11. Trace the origin of Latin Comedy. Give the criticisms of Horace,'' Julius Caesar, and Volcatius Sedigitus, on the leading Roman dramatists. 1 2. * Elegia quoque Graecos provocamus, cujus mihi tersus atque elegans maxime videtur auctor Tibullus. Sunt qui Propertium malint.'* Whose is this criticism? Is it borne out by reference to the authors quoted ? 13. Classify the uses of the Conjunctive Mood in principal and independent sentences. 14. Mention some of the peculiarities in prosody which we meet with in reading Plautus and Terence. When do they employ Hiatus % 15. For an Epigram : — Noch ist Polen nicht verloren. (Nondum actum est de Polonia.) [Hertford Scholarship, 1863.] LXI. 1. Classify languages. What is the relation of Latin to Greek, of Greek to Romaic, of Latin to French, of French to English? 2. Trace the Roman character in their language and litera- ture. 1 See Students Rome, cap. xxxii. § 13. ' See Hor, Epist. ii. i. 55 seqq. ; Siie- 3 See Quinctilian, x. i, § 93. tonius, Vit. Terent. 5 ; Aul. Gell. xv. t^. 1 34 Examination Papers. 3. Give the chief uses of tlie Greek participle. Explain — a. €L fiOL ^vveirj (fiepovTL rav evcreTTTOv ayveiai/ XoycDV epyoyv re -irdvroiV.^ b. avToj/ TC BpaatSav jSovXofiivov fiaXia-ra AttKcSai/iovtot (XTreo-TCtAav. C. dvvcravT€ B-qa-crov. d. K(xi K€v TovT* €^eAoi/At Atos y€ SlSovtos dp€(rdai. e. T€KV^ el (JMvevT* aekirra firjKvvw Aoyov.* 4. Explain the use of the Greek article (i.) with numerals, (2.) in determining the important word in the sentence. Translate accurately : — a. rdXtjOes yap lar^vov T/3e<^a>.' d. Kttt Trjv amav ov^ l^w TnoTtjv diroSeLKVvvaL aAA,' rj dSiKov T^v iXevdepiav cTTi^e/aetv rj dcrOcvrj'S kol d8v- VttTO? Tiix5 with the past tenses of the Indi- cative Mood. 6. Account for the use of the genitive in the following pas- sages : — a. €OTta5 fJi€(roiJi(f>dX.ov ^cmjKCv rjSrj jjLrjXa.^ b. €Kajj.ov TToXeos TreSioLo ^covcroe, C. dveSv iroXirjs oAos* d. jxr^TTd) Tts XwTOio (fxtyiav vocrToto XdOrjTar 7. An account of the Satyric Drama. How does Horace allude to it ? 8. In what forms may a wish be expressed in Greek ? 9. IxAa S' ovv '^VTYjp yevecrOaL ^vyar/aos, yvvaiKOTTOivtov TroXifKov dpwydv,* Illustrate this construction by examples. 10. Is it probable that the poems of Homer were written 1 Does there seem to be any allusion to the art of writing in his works 1 11. Sketch the argument of any one of Shakespeare's plays. 12. For a Latin Epigram : — ttAcov r\p.i€Xr}(T€L€v jaaAAov Tas Twv (XKovo-orrwv xl/vxas Tov TTjv dp€Trjv kyKtafxida-ovros kol tovs dya- 60VS dvSpasj' C. €1 yap S-q Tis dfjLoi/SCiV av ei-q tottos, ^d^vaTos tovtoi? dp)(Y)y6s fJi€ydX/V. col. i. 13. ' /^. col. xi. 8. Examination Papers. 139 d. drrdyiT* eKTOTTiov on TaxLo-Ta fie, dTraycr', i\ot^ tov oXedpov fieyav. * 5. Explain the usage of the negatives in the following pas- sages : — a, hriiSrj 8* evpev ovk iTrmjSciov, fi-qre irpos SovAov fxi^d^ o\(i)aXy, Itti K€(j>aXrj'q(rlv oSe, w StoKpares, ovo/MaTos opOorqra crvat €Kd(rT(p twv oi/t(ov -vcr€i 'jr€VKVLav, koI ov TOVTO cu/at ovojxa o a.v Ttvcs ^vvdcu^voL KaXiiv 1 Cic. ad Att. ix. lo. i. S Liv. xxi. lo. Examination Pape, KaXtoa-L, Trjv.^ Translate the above passage, and illustrate by references to extant Greek tragedies. 5. Enumerate the chief sources of Athenian revenue at the commencement of the Peloponnesian War, and state the total annual amount. To what sum in English money of our time would this be equivalent 1 Mention the chief data on which this comparison rests. 6. Give an account of the life and opinions of Persius, and support your statements by quotations from his Satires. 7. Trace through their various meanings the words : — majestas, usurpatio, universiias. 8. Draw a scheme of the Iambic trimeter as used (i.) by the Greek, and (2.) by the Latin comic poets, and quote from Aristophanes, Plautus, or Terence, an example of each variety. 9. Write out at full length the following inscriptions, and give approximately the date of the first : — a. I . O . M . ET . G . DD . NN . PHILIPPORV . AVGG . LEG . VI . VIC . P . F . V . S . L . M . 1 Plato, Cratylus, sub init. » Aristotle, Poet. c. 10. 144 Examination Papeys, b. D . M . M . VALERIVS . M . F . LATINVS . CENT . EQ . MILES . LEG . X . ANN . XXXV . STIPEN . XX . H S.E. €. ...CONIVGI . KARISSIM^ . QVAE . MECVM . VIXIT . ANN . XXIIX . S . V . Q . 10. When did the Julian Era, the Era of the Seleucidse, and the so-called * Era of Constantinople,' respectively commence % Explain the term ' Indiction.' When was the Christian Era first generally adopted in Italy, and in France ? 11. When did Gibbon commence, and when did he com- plete, his great historical work % Into what periods does he divide his subject ? Give some account of his method and style. \Trinity College Fellowship, 1868.] LXVIII. 1. What inferences may be drawn from the names of rivers and mountains in Greece with respect to the ethnical affinities of its early inhabitants 1 2. Give as copious a list as you can (i.) of Latin words de- rived from the same roots as the corresponding Greek words, (2.) of Greek words borrowed by the Latins with a change of form, and (3.) of Greek words adopted by the Latins without change of form. 3. What may we gather from internal evidence as to the date of the composition of the History of Herodotus ? 4. Give a table of Attic coinage, with the corresponding values in English money. Compare the pay of soldiers and sailors at Athens in the fifth and fourth centuries B.c. with that of English soldiers and sailors at the present day. How far Examination Papers. 145 does this comparison afford a test of the relative value of money % 5. C. Gracchus... pemiciosas aliquot leges tulit : inter quas frumentariam, ut semisse et triente frumentum plebi daretur ; alteram legem agrariam quam et frater ejus tulerat ; tertiam qua equestrem ordinem, tunc cum senatu consentientem, cor- rumperet.^ Explain fully the above passage, and give an account, with dates, of the political life of C. Gracchus. 6. Describe the limits and subdivisions of the Roman em- pire in Europe at the death of Trajan. What was the total strength of the army, and how was it distributed % 7. Translate and explain fully : — tf. A. (S A?J/x', €vapyo}s "q ^eos o-' eTna-Koiretj Kol vvv vTrepc^cL (rov yyrpav ^(OfLov irAeaj'. A. oi€L yap oLKeta-d' av eri rrivh^ t^v 7roA,tv €t pLTj av€p€lT' €V c3p^ rJK€LV €;(oi'Tas rjfiepCyv opyrjv rpitov irovrjpav €7r' avTov ws koAcdjmIvovs wv "qStKricrev. d. cAcycv 8' 6 \i}i] iSpaa-L fxcv Arjp.6crTpaT0OK\€ovs ytyvcTai ^LiiioviSrjs. 1 Livy, Epii. Ix. K 146 Examination Papers. Mention, in reference to each of these passages, the drama from which it is taken, and give the date of its production. 8. Correct the errors in the following lines ; write them out with the proper accents, breathings, and stops, and translate them : — Nojuot yvvatKCDi/ ovk aAA.a>s KeivraL irepi Xpr^v yap rov iVTv^ovvT^ on TrAetorras cx^'*' yuvatKas €Lir€p 8t] Tpo(f>'q 80/iots iraprjv (as Tqv KaKr)v fiev e^e^aAe SoyjxaTOiv TTjv 8' ovcrav ea-Okrjv rjSctas €cro)^€TO vvv 8' CIS fAiav pXeirova-iv kivSvvov fi€yav pLTTTovres ov yap twv Tpoirwv TreipovfxevoL vvfi(fia ve- ' Compare (i.) »rous, irvevfuav, ow?, 6<^- dov€pos kv avn^ €VpL(TK€Tai k(t)V. d, Kat 1^/xas TC 7rap€Kpov(ravTO koI ekadov 8av€L(rdfievot liri rots ^fJi€T€pois, cKctvov T€ Tov veavioTKov rov 8am- (ravra k^rjirdTrjcrav ws Itt' kXevdepois TOts ■)(^p'qfiacrL 8aV€L^6fl€VOl. e, 'EvTCv^cv %.\k(.i Tts avToi/ Sta rpaxeias tyjs dvaftda-ews 1 See the Prolegomena to Ramsay's edi- ' For the passages,^. Plat Hes^. 514; tion of Cicero, pro Cluentio. c. Hdt. vii. 46. 6 ; d. Demosth. 930 ; e. Plat. 2 See Donalds. Gk. Gr. init. : New ib. 515 e, see Index to Donalds. Gk. Gr. Cratyl Book i. c. 4. Examination Papers. * 155 3. Explain the proceedings in a civil suit at Athens. Who were the SiatTrjTaC^ and what were their functions 1 Distinguish between an IvSci^is, an cio-ayycAia, a irpopoXrj, and an aTraywy^. What was the nature of the proceedings in the case which led to the speech of Demosthenes against the law of Leptines 1 Why does the argument of that speech say : 17 ^^ o-raa-is irpay- fxaTLKr} eyypacjios 1 ^ 4. An eminent Greek author, '^ not a native of Athens, arrived there for the first time in B.C. 367. State the circumstances ot his life before and after this time, and mention the subjects of his principal works. During the period of nearly twenty years, which he spent at Athens on his first visit, what persons, emi- nent in literature, science, and public life, had he an oppor- tunity of meeting in that city ? 5. Detail the proceedings of Alexander the Great from his invasion of Drangiana in B.C. 330 to his arrival at Pura in B.C. 326. Which of the countries or cities mentioned by his Greek historians can be identified, and what are the modern names? Compare the Greek and Indian accounts of Sandro- cottus. What reason is there for preferring the reading ^avSpoKVTTTos in Athenseus ?' Where and how were Cleitus and Callisthenes slain ? State what you know of the life and writings of Megasthenes. 6. How far is it possible to distmguish between the foreign and indigenous elements of Greek mythology, and, in regard to the latter, to say what is Pelasgian, and what Hellenic 1 Explain briefly the different theories on this subject which 1 Kennedy's Demosth. iiL 372, in which a verbis et elocutionihts. See ib. s. w. {init.) see the speech adv. L. analysed. ttoiottj?, orowns ; and Lex. Za/. i?A^^. s. vv. Dicty. o/Aniiq. s. v. Paranomon graphe. Constituiio, Negotialis. 'ap.— practical : the speech deals with « a • facts and not rhetorical inventions : ir. Anstotle. Toiro? is defined by Ernesti Lex. Techn. ' Athenaeus, i. 18 e. See Dkty. of Grac. Rhet. s. v. trpayfjiaTi»c6?, as tractatio Biogy, s. v. Sandrocottus. — The resem- rerum et sententiarum quatenus iis argu- blance to the Indian name Chandra- menta orationis contineniur, et differunt gupta. 1 56 Examination Papers, have been propounded by modem scholars. What was the probable genesis of the following myths : — the shower of gold ; the stable of Augeas ; the ivory shoulder of Pelops ; the ab- duction of Europa ; the sowing of the serpent's teeth ; the death of Hyacinthus ?* 7. Give the principal arguments for and against the literary personality of Homer. Who were the x'^^'fovres % What reasons are there for the supposition that the Iliad was ori- ginally an Achilleis, built on a narrower plan, and then enlarged? From the metre or otherwise can you show that the present text of Homer does not exhibit the original form of the language 1 The common epithets of a hero in Sanscrit poetry are nri-pa = viros-regens, and para-puran-jayah = exter- narum-urbium-expugnator. What Greek or Latin roots do you recognise in these Indian words? what are the Homeric counterparts of the epithets? and what inference does Mr. Gladstone draw from the application of the former of them?* 8. How did the origin of Greek comedy differ from that of tragedy ? Distinguish accurately between a xopo? and a kw/aos, and quote any very early references to the latter which occur to you. Describe the peculiar structure of the chorus in the old Attic comedy. What was the parabasis^ and what were its parts ? Is there anything analogous to this aTrayycAia avrov Tov 7roi»/Tov« in the Epinicia of Pindar? Refer particularly to the sixth Olympian ode. Who cultivated comedy before the Athenians, and where do we still find some representatives 01 its peculiar characteristics ?* 1 See Max Muller's Lectures, Series ii. held this sovereignty continuously from the Lect. ix. ; Crete's Greece, Index, andch. 16. time of the primary ancestor ; (4.) be the 3 avaJ^ avSpCiv — TrroAtVopdo?. — Mr. Glad- head of a ruling tribe or house of the stone infers that the av. av8. must (i.) be original Hellenic stock, and must be con- bom of Zeus, ai antiquo ; (2. ) hold a sove- nected with marks of the presence of reignty, either paramount or secondary, the Hellenic settlement. See Studies on and either in whole, or, like vEneas, by Homer, i. 531, 542. devolution in part, over some given place ^ pjat. Rep. 394 c. or tribe ; (3.) belong to a family who have < See L. and S, *. v. Kufio^ ; Dicty. oj Examination Papers. 157 9. Why is prose always subsequent to some form of verse composition, and how far is the former influential on the struc- ture of language 1 Examine the statement that there are three epochs in the history of Attic prose from Pericles to Alexander, and that two widely different causes co-operated in introducing the first epoch, namely, Athenian Politics and Sicilian Sophistry. Enumerate the principal Sophists, and compare the different views which have been taken of their character, and the effects of their teaching. Give some account of the revival of the Sophistic rhetoric in the second century a.d.* 10. How does Plato distinguish between the avroTrwAry?, the KaTH/Aos, and the I/ztto/dos V Describe the business of a rpaire- f iTT^s at Athens. Trace the various meanings of d(f)opfxrj. What were the different methods of calculating interest among the Greeks? 11. Describcthe costume of the ancient Greeks, and include in your description an accurate commentary on the following passages :* — a. Tovs irpea-pvTepovs iSetv rfv SiirXai ra t/xarta ifiireirop' irr]fjL€vovs. b. ^acTKwv ^ot/xartoi' d7ro8c8va-6'at ^ tov y^ntsiviQ-Kov €k8€- r. ' AvafidWea-dai ovk €Tn(TTdp,€vov iircSe^La i\€v6epo)evyofi.et', k.t.K. — The " See Jiep. 371 D ; Politicus, 260 C ; peculiarities of Comedy are still found in So/>h.. 223 d, 231 d. the English Pantomimes, and perhaps in ^ See Lycurg. p. 153, § 40; Lysias, 117, the Italian improvisatori. §10; Plat. Theat. 175 e. See Stallb. m 1 Because for prose, writing is essential ; loc. ; Theocr. xiv. 65 ; ib. xv. 6 ; Eur. JF/fc. for verse, only memory is required. See 933; Thucyd. L 6. 3. See Bekker's Chart- MUller's Htst. Gk. Ltt. c. xxxi. The r/«, Excursus on T'A^ Z?r^jj, and Z>K-i!y. ^ chief Sophists were Gorgias, Protagoras, Anttq. under the several words by which Prodicus, Hippias r others were Tisias, t!ie articles of dress are described. 158 Examination Papers. e. IlavTa KprjTrlSes, iravTo. \\aixv8rf(f>6pot dvS/)cs. /. A^xr) 8k ikia fiovoireirkos XiTrovcra Atopic opovvT€S koI ^(pvorwv TCTTtywv kvkpcTiL KpoyfSvXov dvaSovfJLivoi tcov iv ry K€(f>aXy rptyOiv. 12. Write succinctly, and in Latin, biographical notices of the following personages, stating the date and place of the birth of each : — Theramenes, Polybius, Poseidonius, Arcesilaus, Parmenides, Eratosthenes.^ Give in English the dates and circumstances of the following events: — the first and second battles of Mantinea ; the peace of Antalcidas ; the defeat of the Athenians in Egypt ; the deaths of Cleon and Brasidas. [Indian Civil Service , 1858.] 1 Theramenes Atheniensis, Hagnonis filius, sive, ut aliis videtur, ortu Cous, ab Hagnone adoptatus, unus ex Triginta, qui dicuntur, Tyrannis, cognomen habuit Co- thurnum quippe qui, ut utrique pedi caliga ilia, utrique parti conveniret : pugnae apud Arginusas interfuit, et per eum factum ut decem illi navium prsefecti capitis damna- rentur. Anno ante Christum natum quad- ringentesimo quarto in carcerem triginta juspu tyrannorum conjectus, quum vene- num ut sitiens obduxisset, reliquum sic e poculo ejecit ut resonaret, quae pulchro Critise, cujus jussu damnabatur, propinatio foret.— Videsis Cic. Ttisc. i. 40. 96; Xen. Hist. Gr. ii. 3. 56. Polybio, Lycortse filio, patria Megalo- polis, quae in Arcadia est urbs : Scipionis Africani Minoris amicus res Romanas egregi^ scripsit, neque illo uti auctore de- dignatur T. Livius. Philopcemene, Grae- corum uUimo, familiarissime utebatur juve- nis, ideoque res tum bellicas turn ad civita- tem administrandam pertinentes unic€ cal- lebat. Romam, jubente Callicrate, anno ante Christum natum centesimo sexagesimo septimo, quod rerum Romanarum contra Persea regem non fuisset fautor, advectus, in ^milii PauUi domo versabatur: Car- thagini ab Scipione deletae interfuit, res inde Peloponnesiacas, in pejus indies, prop- ter insanum cum Romanis bellum, jam delabentes, optim^ sanavit : ante Christum natum centesimo vigesimo secundo, an- num jam octogesimum tertium agens, de- cessit. Poseidonius, philosophus, Panaeti disci- pulus, Ciceronis et Pompeii aequalis, philo- sophiam, astronomiam, res geographicas, assidu^ colebat: auctore illo in libro qui de Ojfficiis vocatur usus est M. T. Cicero. Natus est Apameiae, anno ante Christum natum centesimo tricesimo primo : Romse, annum jam agens octogesimum tertium, ex hSc vitS migravit. Arcesilaus, novae, quae dicitur, Acade- miae fundator, comis quidem atque urba- nus, at vita tamen solutissima, adeo ut annum jam agens septuagesimum sextum quum vino nimium indulsisset morbo ab- sumptus periret. Si Ciceroni {Acad. i. 12) credendum, et ea quae ignoremus nos scire posse negavit. Patria illi Pitane, urbs iEolica : anno ante Christum trecentesimo decimo octavo natus est Patria quidem Parmenidis Italiae urbs, Elea, quam coloniam baud diu ante de- duxerant Phocaeenses : tanti in urbe Elea habitus ut singulis annis in leges quas con- stituisset jurare cogerentur magistratus. Res philosophicas carminibus Epicis illus- travit, immutabile Veritatis cor, monstrantc Examination Papers. 159 LXXVII. i. Trace the most important constitutional changes at Rome, giving the occasion of each, the dates, and the first holders of each new office. 2. The causes, chief circumstances, and effects of the Sam- nite wars. 3. Mention the names of the persons distinguished by the following agnomina : — Africanus, Asiaticus, Macedonicus, Numidicus, Creticus ; and the events which gave occasion to them. 4. Write a life of Maecenas, showing his position as chief minister of the empire, and as the centre of the literary society of Rome in the Augustan age.^ 5. Describe the Roman system of making roads ; mention the main roads leading from Rome, and give a detailed account of the Via Appia.^ 6. Mention the chief places in Latium and Campania, illus- trating your answer by quotations from classical authors. 7. Give a topographical description of the city of Rome, and an account of the every-day life of a Roman noble, at the time of Augustus. ' dea Sapientia, adjurante quidem Justltia, autem modo eandem rem investigare potu- perscrutatus : primordia rerum duo, aurai erint nostrates primus ille significavit : simplicis ignem, ut Maronis utamur verbis, quantum ab terrS abesset Sol, quantum et caliginosam densissimae noctis naturam, Luna, idem demonstravit : res geographi- constituit : at subtiliora sunt hujusmodi cas, tabula, ut ipse dimensus esset, pro- argumenta quam quae currente quasi cala- positS, denuo constituit : neque minus lite- mo adumbremus. Anno ante Christum ris ac disciplinis humanioribus deditus quingentesimo vicesimo natus est. Comicorum poetarum insigniores, Aristo- Eratosthenes Cyrenaicus, mortem sibi phanem, Cratinum, Eupolidem dicimus, per inediam, quod, oculis captus, vitje jam judicio subtilissimo in trutina pensaverat. pertaesum esset, anno ante Christum cen- ^ gee Merivale's Rome, iii. ^Zoseqq., iv. tesimo nonagesimo sexto, Alexandnae con- scivit. Artis geometricae atque astronomiae egregi^ sciens quanta esset terrae moles "^ See Dicty. oj Antiq. s. v. Via, and, quum perscrutari vellet successum quidem ^o"" ^^e Via Appia, Hor. S. i. 5. habuerit necne vix cognoscendum, quo ^ See Merivale's Rome, v. 1-87. 1 60 Examination Papers. 8. The system of provincial administration under the early emperors. 9. Show how Rome from its position was the natural seat of empire ; and give the extent, union, and internal prosperity of the empire in the age of the Anton ines.^ 10. * Satira quidem tota nostra est.' Illustrate this asser- tion of Quintilian, and characterize briefly the chief writers in this branch of literature.'^ 11. Give a short view of the Latin case-system. 12. Give the derivation of the following words: — hostis, prcelium^ proletarius^ securis^ securus, incolumis^ siiblimis^ sub- iiliSy calamitaSy coram, duntaxat, career, [Indian Civil Service, 1858.] LXXVIII. 1. SoloiT is said by Aristophanes" to have been iX68rifioi(rPijTrj(ravT€ ^^- sSi- Heracl.^%. (3.)Theplay of the .$•«////<:« s The dates are 280, 281, 283 B.C.— L. is an cYKoSfAtoi/ 'AdTjvwi/ throughout. — See was married to Arsinoe the daughter of w. 184 seqq. Their vanity is indirectly Ptolemy. They were in alliance against flattered by abuse of Sparta in Atidrofn. Demetrius, but P. and S. were jealous of 445 seqg., and Suppl. /. c. We also have each other.— Cleomenes (221), Antigonus (4.) Tlieseus receiving CEdipus in O. C. ; Doson (220). with the Chonis, vv. 668 segg. See also * Ar. £iA. iii. 3. 18. (5.)i*:sch. Pers. 349, and the description » The word means nV//W// or A«r»Mj'. Examination Papers. 163 LXXIX. 1. How many different languages were spoken in Italy at the close of the second Punic War 1 What reason is there for supposing that the Latin language was composite, and that its constituent parts may still be recognised and discriminated ? Translate the following fragment, making remarks on the archaic forms or obsolete meanings of common words : — Si in jus vocat, ni it, antestator ; igitur em capito j si calvitur, pedemve struit, manum endo jacito.* 2. To what period would you assign the earliest influence of Greek literature on the intellectual cultivation of the Romans?^ What branches of Latin literature were confined to an imitation of Greek models ? What form of dramatic entertainment re- tained its nationality for some time after the study of Greek had become general ? Had the Romans any metre which was not borrowed directly from the Greeks % If so, give an account of it. 3. What are the main reasons for doubting the credibility of the early history of Rome ? Illustrate this by a brief examina- tion of the period from the expulsion of the kings to the burning of the city. On what principles does Niebuhr base his theory of reconstruction?'* 4. Give the dates and circumstances of the following events : — the battle of Cynoscephalae ; the passing of the See Dicty. ofAntiq. s. v. Rex, and Homer, Introd. ii. § 13, and, on the subject gene- //. ii. 53 seqq. BatriX. is an hereditary, aio-. rally, the earlier chapters of Donaldson's an elective monarch. Arist. {Pol. iii. 14. * Varronianus. See the passage explained, 8, cd. Congreve) calls it alpexT) Tupavvi?. *ib. ch. vi. § 7. The analogy is developed by Plato in the ^ To the period after the first Punic fourth book of the De Republica. War. See, on this subject, Hor. Epist. I The second Punic War ended B.C. 202. ii. 1. 56 seqq. There would be spoken then (i.) Latin; 8 xhe period will be B.C. 509-389. See. (2.) Oscan ; (3.) Greek, in Bruttium and Student's Rome, ch. v. vi. ix. x. xiii., the Hellenic districts ; (4.)Umbrian; (5.) for remarks on the true circumstance ot Sabello-Oscan ; (6.) Etruscan. See re- events there recorded, as different from marks on the gradual fusion of the several the legendary accounts, and p. 69 for .1 parts into one whole in Student's Rome, short sketch of NieViuhr's method. 164 Exaniiiiation Papers. Licinian Rogations ; the death of M. Drusus ; the mission of Cineas ; the capitulation of the Roman army at Caudium. 5. Compare the Roman system of provincial government with that of the distant dependencies of this country. What is the primary meaning of the \ior<\s provincia and inunicipiuml State the different kinds of rights included under the latter name, giving the Greek term corresponding to each. Distin^ guish between /wj- Latii a,nd jus Italicum} 6. Write down at full length the names of the following persons, and give the character of each as briefly as possible in terse and elegant Latin : — Tacitus (the historian) ; Lucullus ; the younger Africanus. Explain the origin of the following names : — Coriolanus, Agrippa, Callaicus, Scaurus, Sulla. Sketch the literary history of Ovid.* 7. Who were the necessary officers of a legion, and to what rank in the English army do they correspond respectively? Describe a Roman camp, explaining particularly the terms prin- cipia and via quinta?ia. What are all the applications of the adjective decumanus^ and why was \hQ porta decumand so desig- nated?' 1 See, on the R. provinces, Merivale, i. lus, victo Mithridate insignis, luxuriae idem 20 seqq., and chs. 32, 34, 39 ; Dicty. of ac Uteris unice deditus, in eo infelix quod Antiq. s. v. Provincia. — On colonies. Ma- milites, ut nimis disciplinae studiosus, aegri- caulay's England, viii. 55 (ed. 1862). us secum xeaxitxti.—Publius Cornelius Provincia, being undoubtedly derived Scipio yEmilianus Africamts Minor, L. from Procidentia, is a sphere qfsuperin- Mxa.. PauUi filius, Carthagine et Numantia tendence. Municipiutn literally is a par- in deditionem acceptis celeberrimus, Afri taking of duties and privileges (muneVa) : cano illi Majori haudquaquam par, populo the privileges varied with the nature of the minus favebat, Tib. Gracchum jure cacsum municipium. The Gk. terms are iroXireia, praedicans, et quibus noverca esset Italia, ariKeioL, avTOPonCa. The 5^«f Italicum populum significans, tacerent jubens, a was the right of a community; the J. L., Papirio Carbone interfectus.— Ca//a«T«-, of an individual. See Dicty. of Antiq. see Dicty. of Biogy. s. v. Brutus, 15. s. vv. Latinitas, Co Ionia, p, 318 ; Stu- Scaurus is iveak-ankled, or club footed denfs Rome, ch. xxiii. (Hor. .S". i. 3. 47).—Sulla may be from ' Caius Cornelius Tacitus, rerum Ro- Surula, dim. of Sura, the calf of the 1^, im in pejus delabentium vel potius and would mean, in that case, a man with delapsarum scriptor doctissimus, in ora- slender calves. — See Dicty. of Biogy. s. v. tione brevis, tantum non omnia acerrimd ' The necessary officers were the Tri- insectatur, quippe qui hominura vitia im- buni, corresponding to our Captains : Cen- perii esse censuerit. — JL. Licinius Lticul- turiones, partly resembling our Ensigns, Examination Papers. 165 8. What was the situation of the localities in ancient Rome designated as Janus, Puteal, Rostra, Velabrum, Subura, Tuscus vicus, Macellum ? Give the etymology of these words, and explain fully the following passages : — a. Postquam omnis res mea Janum ad medium fracta est. b. Tusci turba impia vici, cum scurris fartor, cum Vel- abro omne Macellum. c. Si Puteal multa cautus vibice flagellas. d. Nee unquam sanguine causidici maduerunt Rostra pusilli. e. Ego vel Prochytam praepono Suburae. /. Omnes compacto rem agunt, quasi in Velabro olearii. What origin has been assigned to the custom of shutting the temple of Janus in time of peace, and opening it on the renewal of war? ^ 9. When was the office of Censor established at Rome, and with what immediate object? State distinctly the duties of the Censors during the most flourishing period of the Republic, describing particularly their functions in regard to the collec- tion of the public revenue, and the execution of public works. Distinguish between vectigal and ultrotributum. Translate and explain the following passage : — Quid est turpius quam aliquem computare, quanti vir bonus sit, quum virtus nee lucrum invitet, nee absterreat damno, adeoque neminem spe ac pollicitatione corrumpat, ut contra impendere in se jubeat et saepius in ultro- tributis sit?^ partly the non-commissioned officers : Op- Dicty. Geogy. s. v. Roma, p. 824. — Tuscus tiOy nearly equivalent to Lieutenant and vicus, ib. p. 775. Tuscus is from Tursi- Adjutant. See Dicty. of Antig. s. v. cus {WzTron. -p. 16).— Macellum, ronncclcd Castra : Donalds. Lat. Gr. \ 56, Obs. 7. with maceria. 1 Janus is variously derived from dis The passages are, severally, Hor. 5". ii. (8i«) or bis, \a.wu>, or the Pelasgic Tina= 3. 18, 228 ; Pers. iv. 49; Juv. x. 120, iii. Sol.— See Paley on Ov. /". i. 64 ; Donalds. 5; Plant. Capt. iii. i. 29.— See Niebuhr, Varron. pp. 36, 71, 143. — Puteal, perhaps //. R. i. 292. from pluere. — Velabrum, see Paley on * Seneca, Z>/ 5«i4r/f, iv. i, § 2. See Ovid, F. \\. 405; Prop. v. 2, 7 ; 9, 5. Dicty. 0/ Antiq. s. v. Censor; Arnold's Subura is a corruption of Succusa.— Sec Rome. For vectigal and ultro-trib., see 1 66 Examination Papers. lo. Trace the successive significations oi Indus and cruditio, and give the primary meaning of dimico. Mark the quantity of the second syllable of diuturnus and suspicion and indicate the true orthography of the latter word. Distinguish between peccatum^ culpa^ scelus^ noxa, and noxia ; between iabor^ opus, opera ; between dare operam and navare opc7-am ; between rursus and iterum ; between omnis, cunctus^ universus^ and totus. Investigate the etymology of the following words : — Calumnia^ contemplor^ indulgeOy siiice? fiium, fosdus (adjective and substantive), vastus, bes, confuto, nudiustertiu5> \Indiaii Civil Service, 1859.] LXXX. 1. Into what periods, and on what principle, would you divide the history of Greece ? 2. Detail the constitutional charges ascribed to Theseus, Solon, and Cleisthenes, severally. 3. State the circumstances and terms of the Thirty Years' Truce, the Peace of Nicias, and the Peace of Antalcidas. Dicty. of Antiq. p 265. The difference active assistance, exert one's-self. — Rursus between the two is illustrated by the prac- implies retu-niing along the same line, tice among ourselves in the cases of a Iterum is ' going for a second time in the turnpike toll and a building contract re- same direction.' It. also is^r tlie second spectively. Liv. xxxix. 44 : Vectigalia time. /?., again, after any number of summis pretiis, ultrotributa infimis loca- times.— See *il>. § 68, Obs. 5. Calumnia, verunt. from Calvor, I frustrate ; hence, I harass 1 For ludus, eruditio, see Varron. pp. in any way, especially by slander. Cc- Cf. Dignus quicum in tenebris mices, vos aiflepos) and its stars. — Indulgeo is Cic. Off. iii. 19. 77) ; hence I fight. Dili- derived by some from dttlcis, but see fVar- turnus, see Ov. Fast. vi. 352.— Suspltio, ron. pp. 76, 423.-866 Parry on Ter. Ad, contr. for suspTcTtio.— Ter. Andr. ii. 2. 22 ; iv. 2. i,2,.—Foedus (adj.) was originallyyfe- Donalds. *Lat. Gr. App. iv. § wi.— Labor tus, connected vf'xihfietere, to smell badly. is toil, trouble, in all their senses=Tr6fo? : \ lb. 424. — Fcedus (subst.), from same opus is work produced: opera, an effort root as it t IB m, fido, fides.— Vastus, con- made, or assistance rendered. Dareoper- nected with z/m:«;«. Donalds. £ a/. O. am=.to do one's best, and is sometimes p. 493. — Bes, from bis, 615. — Con-fundc, used colloquially. Navare /*oo-ia, Trapaypa^xj^ to Xrj^Lap^^cKov ypa/x- fxaT€lov. [Indian Civil Service, i860.] 1 Thucydides, iEschylus, Sophocles, * Aristophanes, Vespa, v. 657. Xenophon. < Kennedy's Demosth. iii. 24a, L 304. » It is calculated at 500,000 by Boeckh, The technical term for an extraordinary P. E. i. 44 seqq. \. was, perhaps, X. nporroKryi. 1 68 Examination Papers, LXXXI. 1. Mention the earliest Roman historians ; their dates and the subject of their writings ; and give an estimate of their value as authorities. 2. State the circumstances and objects of the decemviral legislation as narrated to us, and examine how far these last corresponded with its results. 3. What evidence have we of an ancient extension of Etruscan power beyond the limits of Etruria proper ? To what causes and to what period do you assign the utter extinction of Etruscan nationality ? 4. If Alexander the Great had invaded Italy, upon what generals could the Romans have depended to meet him in the field ?» 5. When was the Prsetorship first instituted % What were the duties of the office, and how were they afterwards modified 1 Explain the terms Prcetor Urbanus^ and Frcetor Peregrimis^ Jvs honorarium^ E dicta translaiitia.^ 6. Name the principal battle-fields in Gallia Cisalpina, and give the dates of, and the parties engaged in, the actions fought on them, under the Republic and under the Empire, down to the reign of Vespasian.' 7. Specify the causes, and give a short account of the events of the Social or Marsic War. 8. From what order were ih^Judices originally taken ? What changes were subsequently made 1 Whence the importance of the question, which order should be intrusted with the judicial power ? 1 On the subject of A. invading Italy, - For yus H., see Dicty. o/Antiq. s. v. see Liv. ix. 17-19, who also speaks (c. 16 Edictum. adfin.)oiVx^\mx%Q\xt%ox^%'par magitc s The banks of the Ticinus and the A. dux, si arma, Asia perdomita, in Euro- Trebia ; Bedriacum, neighbourhood of para verti'.set.' Cremona ; Mutina, Clastidium. Examination Papers. 1 69 9. Point out any circumstances in the condition of Italy, and the relations between its peoples and Rome, favourable to the prospects of Hai nibal's invasion. 10. What was the cause of the Romans first taking a part in the affairs of Greece ? 11. Describe the early relations between Rome and Latium, and show how they were modified by the consequences of the Gaulish invasion. 1 2. Explain the allusions in the following passages : — a. Antenor potuit, mediis elapsus Achivis, Illyricos penetrare sinus, atque intima tutus Regna Libumorum et fontem superare Timavi. b. Alter Atys, genus unde Atii duxere Latini. c. Nee fuit indignum superis, bis sanguine nostro Emathiam et latos Hsemi pinguescere campos. d. Motum ex Metello consule civicum. e. Lacedaemonium Tarentum. f. Telegoni juga parricidae. g. — postremo severos Censoris mores etiam collega timeret. h. Nobilis omatur lauro collega secunda.* 13. Explain the meaning of the terms -.—justitium, postlimi- nium, ampliatio, prcBrogativa, litera salufaris, deponianus, sententiam dividere, testimonium dmuntiare, ingenuus, inquilinus, provocation appellatio, intercessio. [Indian Civil Service^ i860.] 1 See Virg. (<».) /En. i. 242 ; cf. Liv. i. 1. f. Jh. Hi. ag. 8. g. Juv. xi. 91. fi. lb. i. lb. V. 568. c. lb. G. \. 491. d. Hon viii. ^53. C. it 1. I. e. lb. iii. 5, ult. ; cf. ii. 6. ix. f 70 Exmninatiofi Papers, LXXXII. Roman History and Literature. 1. From what part of the simple Latin verb are frequenta- tives formed, and how many forms of termination of these verbs are there % Give instances. Give also the terminations of desideratives and inceptives. To what class of verbs would you assign those ending in ico, as vellico, in illOy as sorbillo, and in isso, as patrisso \ ^ 2. What is the theory of pronominal suffixes? In what class of Greek verbs does it appear most distinctly ? What was, probably, the original form of the first person singular of the indicative present of the Latin verb 1 State the grounds of your answer. Decline amabam^ in the singular, adding the pronominal suffixes at full length, separated by a hyphen from the verbal body.* 3. Show, by reference to analogies or acknowledged prin- ciples of philology, that the Latin qui or quis^ the English who, and the Greek (old interrogative form) iros, and relative 05, are only different modifications of the same element.' 4. Is the prefix inter ^ in such words as interimo, intereOy etc., to be considered as the preposition ? if not, with what word in English or German would you connect it 1 if it is, what ana- logy in the Latin language itself, may be adduced in support of the opinion ? Do you consider the particle in, used as a negative in composition, to be the preposition 1 if not, what do you consider it to be 1 Is it ever compounded immediaiely with verbs, and, if not, why not ?* 1 Active supine. In -to^ -so, -ito. Can- are oblique cases of personal pronouns. to, cur-so, vol-ito. Vellico is partly fre- In the verbs in -^t. — Originally ending -m, quentative, partly diminutive. Sorbillo is as still found in sum, inquam. — Ama-e- diminutive, but see Donalds. Lat. Gr. fiam, etc. See, on these points, Donalds. % 117. a (bb). Patrisso is imitative, like New Crat. Book iv. ch. i. ; Varron. ch. xi. EAAiji'iVw, fxijSifw. ' See Donalds. New Crat. §§ 145 seqq. « The theory is that the pcrson-endbgs * lb. Book iv ^h. 2. ad /in ; Varron Exa7mnation Pap^fs^^ Ll^^?>vi7^ 5. Give the etymologies, either from withihltiie*Latitt Ikttguige itself, or comparing each with its correlative in any one or more of the cognate languages, of the following words: — adimo, ador^ adorea^ (Bternus^ affatim^ aitus, amentum^ anima, anser, arbiter, aurora, argentum, carmen, dietis, copia, coquo, considero, dens, emolumentum, equus, exiguus, exilis, fecundus, femen, /omentum, frmnentum, fermentum, gremium, hiems, lacryma, longus, lupus, liber (adj.), lucus, legumen, meditor, negligo, nego, nurus, nuntius, oscillo, oailus, sodes, sero (verb), volo, vox. Trace the meaning of the word paganus from its origin up to that which it obtained in later times, and show how the English yfoxd j'eiuel IS derived from the haXm gaudium.^ ch. X. § 7. The negative in, which Donalds. (Var-ron. p. 331) says is the preposition, an assertion which Zumpt, Lat. Gr. § 328, denies, is not compounded immediately with verbs, because, apart from such com- position, it has no meaning. 1 Ad-emo (Varron. p. 389). — Ad, a San- skrit root implying eating. A dor is, then, grain prepared for eating. A dorea is liter- ally a distribution of com after a victory ; hence victory itself.— Hor. C. iv. 4. 37. Ae-vi-ternus, axdiv-io^. — Ad-fatis'=yx^ to and beyond satiety ; cf. fatis-co, Cic. ad Ait. xvi. I. 5, Vellem satis esse, affatim prorsus.— .<4 Itus is p. pass, oialo; it=, there- fore, carried up to a great height. Cf. Ov. M. iL I, Sublimibus alta columnis. Agi-mentum. — Anima, ave/Ao?, dme,ar](ii. Cf Hor. C. iv. 12. 2. — Atiser, same root as X'?*'. g-ander. —A r{2id)-bitere, to go : pro- perly, one who goes to view that on which an opinion is given : root found in ar- cesso : ar itself in Plant. True. ii. 2. 18. A urora, from same root as oUG?, avu?, «a>?. Sanskr. ushar {\n the morning).— .<4r^^«- tum, from root opy- as found in apy-6? (white), apy-vpo?, argent, arg-illa. — Car- men, according to Donaldson ( Varron. p. 406), from Sanskr. kar-man=A thing made =7roi»j/na : others derive from caTto.—Ciietis, perhaps from KAveiv^one who hears and obeys : a dependant. Cdpia, from cH dfes. Coquo, from itinia, an older form of jreVaw, iretrrw. See L. and S. s. v. itivrt.— Con- sidero is, properly, an augural term, and so from con, sidus : cf. A^-sidero, and see Varron. p. 377. — Dens, 6-fiovs {F.) dent. E-molu-mentum, from same root as mo- lere, to increase, of which multTis is the p. p. — Equus, from ijtttos. — See New Crat. p. 169. — Exilis and Exiguus, connected with egeo. — Fe-cundus,fe-men,fe-tus, /e- mina, from root Fe, implying growth. See Kritz on Sail. Cat. 33, x ; 53, 5. Fo- vere, cf. Fo-ntes. Fru-gintentum, Fruor. Fer-vi-mentum, Oepia. — L. and S. s. t, Grentiutn is, perhaps, from gerere. — xeifui- — SaKpvfJia, lamte. — Longus, from sar.ie root as 5oXix°5 {New Crat. § 344). Xvico^, loUp, wolf. Lucus, from vv^ [New Crat. § 269), — e-Aevflepos. — Legumen, Xaxovoc — fj.€Kera.v — ne[c)-lego — ne-aio — wos — Tiovi- ventius. — Os. — See Virg. G. ii. 389. — Octi- lus, from same root as o(rucrvov€s ? Derive the name. How was the most famous of them constituted 1 What part did it play in Greek history in the time of Demosthenes 1 2. Describe the Institutions ascribed to Lycurgus, and state their principal aim. Compare them with those of Crete. Assign the causes of the decay of Sparta, and illustrate them by historical details. 1 To the extreme S. portion, not includ- Cologne, Xanten (about thirteen miles ing the whole of Calabria.— See Dicty from AsSurg), Turin, Triver. Geogy. s. v. ; ib. s. v. Latium. * B.C. 219. See Studenfs Rome, c. * Nero — Galba. Vespasianus, Titus, xxvi. Domitianus. [For the true extent of the • The term G. was applied by the Ro- term Flavian, see *Merivale, c. 68.] Au- mans to the W. bank of the Rhine: the S. gustus's administration is discussed, *ib. c. T»vt being Superior, the N. Inferior. 32, I 74 Examination Papers. 3. Give an account of the policy pursued severally by Corinth, Argos, and Thebes in the successive periods of the Peloponnesian War. 4. Describe the condition of the /MerotKot at Athens. What was the number of their male adults in b.c. 309? Who were lo-oreActs and irpo^evoi 1 ^ 5. What was iin^^cipoTovia vo/xo)v? What were the rules to be observed by the proposer of a new law 1 What was the penalty of not observing them?' 6. Describe the constitution and functions of the Athenian BovXrj^ and of the *HAtata.» 7. Narrate briefly, with dates, (i.) The expedition of Demos- thenes into ^tolia, (2.) The occupation of Phyle, (3.) Cinadon's conspiracy, (4.) The foundation of Megalopolis, (5.) The Lamian War.* 8. Sketch the life and character of Brasidas, Theramenes, EpaminondaSj Dionysius the Elder.* 9. Trace the connection between the political and literary periods of Grecian history. 10. Give the position of Phlius, Chalcedon, Delium, Notium, Scione, Cirrha, Caphyae, TsLmyme, Sellasia, Sagras, Atarneus, Lindus, Myus, Orneae, Scillus. Mention anything you know about any of these names. 11. Enumerate the Attic Months, and explain the principle of the Metonic Cycle.* 1 See Dicty. of Antiq. s. vv. Metoeci, and the confederate Gks. against Antipater, Civitas, Hospitium: Kennedy's Demosth. regent of Macedonia on the death of Alex- (Bohn's Classl. Liby.) iii. 251. ander the Great: called L. war because A. « lb. s. V. Ckeirotonia ; Kennedy, ut took refuge in Lamia. *Ib. ch. 95, 96. supra, ii. 347. 6 See, for Th., Ar. Ran. 538 ; Xen. ' Kennedy, iv. 351 seqq., ii. 335 seqq. Hellen. ii. 3, §§ 50-56 (circumstances of * (i.) Not the orator. Thuc. iii. 91, 94, his death). q8, 102, 105-114. See *Grote, ch. 51. ^ See Dicty. of Antiq. s. v. Calenda- (2.) Xen. ^ Hellen. ii. 4, § 2 ; *ib. ch. 65. rium. The Metonic Cycle is so called (3.) Mb. iii. 3, §§ 4-1 r ; *ib. ch. 73. after its arranger Melon, an eminent Ath. (4.) After battle of Leuctra, and under astronomer, who is introduced '\uX\\^ Aves, auspices of Epaminondas. *Ib. ch. 78. 992 seqq., and who lived B.C. 432. The {5.) L. was in Thessaly: war by Ath. Ath. year, after the time of Solon, con- Examination Papers. 175 12. Explain the terms, AiaiTr^rat, "Et^erat, 'E^r/yr/Tat, Aoyio-- Tai, No/*oyviKov, ofiaiixov T€ Kttl 6[j,6yX(a(r(rov \i\ov Sej ^€(ov ISpvfiara Koiva kol ^vo-tas. Comment upon these asserted characteristics of the Greek race, and show, by reference to original authorities, how the expression must be limited." 2. Mention the principal epochs of Greek colonization ; the states most famous for their colonies ; and the chief distinctions between a Greek and a Roman colony. « 3. Specify the principal tyrannies established in Greece about the time of Solon ; give the character which the Greeks attached to the word Tv/oawos, and quote or refer to any pas- sages illustrative of their feeling towards it.* 4. Give as nearly as you can remember in the language of Herodotus or Thucydides, the characters of any two of the following persons : — Themistocles, Pericles, Cleon, Alcibiades.' 5. Describe briefly the complete change which took place in the constitution of Athens under Pericles and Ephialtes." sisted of twelve lunar months : the cycle of Meton of nineteen lunar years, he hav- ing observed that in that time the new and full moons are restored to the same days of the year. The object of Melon's cycle was to reconcile the lunar and solar time. 1 For T, p. see, particularly, Kennedy's Demosth. iv. 328^^^^. ^Az/J/Zw^ contracts. 8 Hdt. viii. 144. Consider when these words were used. The Gks. were, then, as they said, and relatively to the persons in opposition to whom the words were spoken. Consider also the elements of which the Gk. race was composed. See Thuc. i. 3, 10 ; Hdt. viii. 73 ; and Raw- linson, in loc. : Grote, ch. v. 8 On the colonies, see Dicty. 0/ Aniiq. s.v. Colotiia. * See Dicty. Aniiq. s.v. Tyrannus. 8 See (1.) Thucyd. i. 138, § 3. (2.) lb. ii. 6s, § 8. (3.) lb. iii. 36, § 5 : Jv. 21, § 3 : vi. 15. See also Hdt. viii. 124, § i. • See Dicty. ofBiogy. s. vv. P. and E, ; Grote ch. 46 segq. 1 76 Exammaiion Papers, 6. Give accurately the argument of any speech in the first four books of Thucydides.* 7. A short account of the life and character of Epamin- ondas.' 8. Describe the events which led to the battle of Chaeronea, and the battle itself." 9. The chief corn-growing countries in the ancient worid \ Give any allusions to them in the Orators.* 10. The notices of the Macedonian monarchy before the time of Philip.* 11. Explain the following : — TovTOts lav Tts Svo Spax/xoLi fj,iopfi'qj yrj<5 dvaSaa-fMos, vyd8(av KadoSos, XP^^^ diroKOirq. 1 2. Translate — ^€r]oi(riv dva- 1 Take the speech of Cleon advocatbg at the good-natured. If they let them off the severe measures against Lesbos (Thuc. easily now, all their allies would be revolt- iii. 37-40). He begins by saying that a ing, as they would see that, if successful, democracy is a bad governor of anything there was liberty at once ; if they failed, away from home: continues by accusing nothing was done to them. They must, the Ath. of being too unsuspicious, and he said, be strict, and not allow any feel- lending too ready an ear to the proposers ing of pity, pleasure at hearing eloquent of innovations : too clever men, he says, harangues in favour of an opposite course, are not to his taste : political business is or gentleness, to have any weight ; all better managed by men of inferior ability. such emotions were perfectly useless in He himself was contented with things as governing bodies. Let them consider how they were. With regard to the case before the M. would have acted if they had been them, such as advocated mild measures masters, and punish them accordingly, as must either be arguing for arguing's sake, a matter of justice, and as a warning to or must have been bribed. It was all the the rest of the allies. people's fault, however, who went to the 2 See Dicty. of Biogy. s. v., noting the assembly for' nothing but amusement, to concluding paragraph, gaze at a good speaker as at an actor. The , gee Chronolog. Table in Kennedy's M., he proceeds, had revolted most un- D^^.th. vol. i. ; Grote, ch. 90. justifiably, not from finding the A. yoke , ^ ^. , ^ . .. o-^ 1 1. J u ij r • tv • u * See Dicty. 0/ Anita, s. v. Sttos : too hard — he could forgive them in such a r, , , „ t^ • case-they had been treated too indul- ^°^''^' ^- ^' '' '°^ "'^'^^ gently ; but it was always the case : unex- * See Dicty. 0/ Biogy. s. w. Perducat, pected prosperity always led to insolence. ■^ uxander i. Men were always respectful to persons that * Ar. Ach. 159. See Dicty. of Antiq. Vept a tight hold over them, but sneered s. v. Exercitus; Thuc. iiL 17, § 4* Examination Papers. 177 drjixdriov, — exfevcr/xevois rrjs t(ui/ 'AOrjvaiiov 8vvdfjL€(i)dvrj^ — to airpayfxov ov (rw^crat firj fiera tov Bpaa-Tqpiov reTayfxevov. ^ [Indian Civil Service^ 1862.] LXXXV. 1. Distinguish the meaning of adjectives ending in anus, aneiiSf areus, ensis. His, inus, ivuSy rniis.^ 2. Enumerate the eighteen well-known Roman praenomina, and mention a few others that have been found in inscriptions.'' 3. Write at full length the abbreviations, — s.p.q.r. ; s.d.p. ; Q.F.F.Q.s. ; S.V.B.E.E.V. j Sepulchral j d.m. ; p.c. ; b.m.f. ; de. QUA. N. D. A. N. MOR. Explain, — IMP. CAESAR. DIVI. NERVAE. F. NERVA. TRAIANVS. AVG. GERM. DAC. P. M. TRIE. POT. VII. IMP. nil. COS. V. P.P.* 4. What account can be given of the numeral signs in Latin ?* 5. What was the office of Dictator? whence derived? what the origin of the title ? how was the appointment made, and what was it called 1 what the occasion and date of the first ap- pointment? what the name of the first dictator? Mention some of the most illustrious dictators. Who was the last, and what the special object of his appointment ? « 6. Explain the military terms : — agger, lifnes, vallum, cuni- 1 See Hdt. i. 25. 2 ; Thuc. iv. 108, § 4 ; Dolorem accept nisi mortis. — Intperatar cf. viii. 103, § 2; ii. 63, § 3; J elf's Gk. Gr. . . . Filitts . . . Augustus, Gervtanicus, §§627. I. 3.^. 511. Dacus, Pontifex Maxiimis, Tribuniciti 2 See Donalds. Lat. Gr. § 115. Potestate septintum, Imperator quartum, 3 See a list, ib. Appendix ii., to which Consul quintum (sc. anuiitn), Pater Pa- may be added y4/j**«f, Numerius, Opiter, tria, Quod/elix/ausiumquesit. DisMani- * ^^ Donalds. Varr. cap. vii. § 7. bus—Ponendnvi curavit.—Beata Memo- * See Dicty. o/Antiq. s. v. ; Merivalc's ri(r 'or Boie vteretitt) Factum— Nullum Rome, ii. 223, 235, 330, 342. 1/8 Examinatio7t Papers, cuius, praeientura, tribunal, suggestum, prcBtorium, principia. stipendiarii, emeriti, evocati, caiaphradi.^ 7. What do we leam from Tacitus of the number and dis- position of the legions under Tiberius ? what legions took part in the conquest of Britain 1" 8. Define the following localities in Rome : — Suburra, Vela- brum, Carinse, Esquiliae, Mons Oppius, Mons Cispius, Collis Hortulorum, Porta Capena, Porta Collina, Porta Pandana, Ficus Ruminalis, Lacus Curtius, Arcus Drusi, Porticus Octavi<'e, Templum Monetae. 9. Draw a map of the river Tiber and its tributaries. 10. Give an account of Cicero's proconsulate in Cilicia.' 1 1. What is the subject of Horace's First Epode ? Give a short account of the political events to which it refers. 12. What are the lines in which Ovid anticipates immorta- lity from his Metamorphoses ? Give similar passages from other Latin poets.* 13. State the circumstances of the death of Germanicus.' 14. Give an analysis of Juvenal's Fourth Satire. \Indian Civil Service, 1862.] LXXXVI. !.• Point out the connection between the early books of Herodotus and the professed object of his history.^ 2. 'Eo-Tji/cyKttV (I? Tov Brjfxov ol a-vyypacjiTJs) e^eivac 'AOrjvatoiV 1 See Diciy. of Antiq. s. w. Castra, 30,11. 20; Wvrg. yEn. ix. 444 seqq.: Ov. Exercitits, and the several words. Trist. iii. 7. 49 seqq. * See Merivale, v. 193 seqq. 2 See Merivale, v. 277, vi. 248; Tac. Ann. iv. 5. » See Merivale, ii. 90, 94. Read, as « The great object of Hdt. was to give illustrating the views of C. on provincial an account of the Persian War of Invasion. goTernment, the letter ndQ. F. i. i. For a sketch of his History, see Diciy. 0/ * See Met. xv. 871 seqq. / Hor. C. iii. Biogy. s. v. ; Rawlinson's Hdt. vol. i. c. 3. Examination Papers, 179 uvcfTreij/ yviafirjv rjv av Tis jSovk-qTai. What would be the con- stitutional effect of this measure 1 ^ 3. * Ut contra consulate imperium tribuni plebis, sic contra vim regiam ephori constituti.'^ Explain this statement, and illustrate from history the relations between the kings and ephors. 4. Mention any events connected with Lesbos and Chios during the Peloponnesian War.^ 5. Give a brief summary of events from the close of the history of Thucydides to the capture of Athens by Lysander,* 6. 'EttciS^ Se ofc T€ 'Ad-qvaiiov rvpavvoi /cat ol Ik t^s aAAr^s EAAaSos ot TrAeioTOt kol TcXevraLOt vtto AaKiSai/xov i(i)V KareXv- Or)(Tav. Give some account of the events here referred to.^ 7. Xenophon says, that after the battle of Mantineia, which every one expected to decide the state of Greece, the aKpia-ta Kot rapaxr) was greater than before. Describe briefly the state of Greece at this period.^ 8. By what methods did the Spartan government endeavour to maintain its influence in Greece 1 ' 9. The circumstances that favoured the peace of Nicias, and also those that prevented it from being permanent.® 10. What were the general geographical ideas of Herodotus, and what his principal errors?" 1 See Thuc. viii. 67 segg^. * Xen. Helleii. vn. 5. 27. ITie date is 2 Cic. de Reptib. ii. 33. See Dicty. of 362 B.C. — Decline of Theban, and rise of Antiq. s. w. EphoH, Tribunus (3). Macedonian, supremacy. — Aggressive po- 8 For L. see, especially, Thuc. iii. 1-50. licy of Philip shows itself not very long The battle ol Arginusa was off the coast. after. For C. see Thuc. I 116, ii. 9, iv. 51, viii. " See Grote, Index. 14-64. 8 The deaths of Cleon and Brasidas: * The period being B.C. 411, ... 404, we behaviour of N. in the Sphacteria case have the battles of Cyzicus, Ephesus, No- (Thuc. v. 16, 19, 24 ; vii. 86). On the tium, Arginusae, iEgospotami : taking of other hand, peace was opposed by Boeotia, Byzantium by Alcibiades : times of Conou, Corinth, etc. The real reason for its be- Callicratidas. ing so short-lived was the j ealousy between 6 Thuc. i. 18. At Megara, Corinth, Athens and Sparta. See Grote, ch. 54, 55. Sicyon, etc. Thuc. vi. 59 ; Hdt v. 63 * gee Rawlinson's Hdt. vol. i. ch. 3, pp. seqq.: Dicty. of Antiq. s. v. Tyrannits. itssegq. i8o Exa77ii7iation Papers. 1 1. What are the earliest Greek tragedies of which we have any notice ? Trace the growth of tragedy to its perfect form.* 1 2. Compare the moral teaching and tendency of ^schylus and Euripides, both according to your own estimate and that of the times in which they lived.* 13. When does the Achaean league first appear as taking a prominent place in Greek history % Give some account of it, and point out any indications of its existence at an earlier period.' {Indian Civil ^ervice^ 1863.] LXXXVII. 1 . Give the rules for ascertaining the gender of nouns sub- stantive in Latin, with the exceptions. 2. Distinguish between the meaning of the following words, with quotations : — cutis^pellis ; sanguis ^cruor; armus, humerus; tergum, tergus ; ungula^ unguis ; furnus,fornax ; frucf us, fruges ; alga J ulva ; venter, uterus, alvus ; consors, socius, comes, sodalis ; securus, tutus. ^ 1 The MtXijTOV oAoxris (b.c. 498) and Met. x. 700, of a man turned into a lion: *oiVi^. A.; Hr. BaxTy's*Notes on Accetits, ofTheocr. jjjj gjj^ 8 Consider (i,) the grandeur of the dif- * A most excellent manual, published Cerent parts of the poems, e.g., the opemng by Bell and Daldy. of the Iliad, as also of isolated expressions. Examinatio7i Papers. i8^ LXXXIX. 1. Show that the letter v in Latin had sometimes the sound of a/, sometimes of b ; that the sounds of o and w, e and /, t and u, c and g^ were frequently interchanged respectively. When was h probably not sounded 1 Is there reason to suppose that // before a vowel had, as in English, in certain cases the sound oish'i^ 2. Show from the derivation the correct spelling of imo^ immo ; convitium^ convicium; litera^ litiera ; paulum, paullum ; haeres^ heres ; prcelum^ prelum ; letutn^ lethum ; postumus, post- humus ; caelum, caelum ; caeteri, ceteri ; lacrima, lacryma, lach- ryma ; exantlare, exanclare ; inficior, infitior ; fecundus, foecundus.'^ 3. Describe the situation of Capua, with illustrative passages. What is the legend of its foundation, and what remarkable incidents are there in its history?* 4. Describe the situation of Veii. To what nation did it belong ? Relate its capture by the Romans, with the date. such as xvii. 647 ; (2.) the naturalness and beauty of the similes. Analyse the criti- cism of Quintilian, x. i, § 46: Homerum nemo in magnis sublimitate, in parvis pro- prietate superaverit. Idem Isetus ac pres- sus, jucundus et gjravis, turn copia tum brevitate mirabilis : nee poetica modo, sed oratoria virtute eminentissimus. Q. in- stances Iliad, xviii. 18 seqq., which describes the effect of the death of Patroclus on Achilles, and xxiv. 477 seqq., describing the begging of Hector's body from A. by Priam. See Index to Quintil., ed. Bonnell. 1 See Quintil. i. 4, § 6 ; 5, § 19 seqq. : Donalds. Varr. ch. 7, § 2 ; New Cratyl. ch. s. — It is probable that ti was sounded like sh in English subsequently to the golden age. See, on the subject, Zumpt, Lat. Gr. § 6 ; Andrews's Lat. Dicty. sub. lit. T. * Into— ' in the lowest degree,' as referred to a proposition previously expres.sed : as the adverb from imus, it should be spelt as above. (Donalds. Lat. Gr. § 108.) — Con- vitiutn, as contr. for convi«Vmm. — Litem, perhaps from lino: notice litHra from same. — Pau//um, contr. for pauxi//um. Heres, from same root as h^rus. — Prelum, from pr^mo.— Le^Aum if from A^flij : but derivations are given from levo, lea (de- led), \ayxo.vu> (!). — Postumus, as the superl. of posterus. — Gz^lum, but derivation is doubtful. — Oteri, from eVepoi.— Lacrjma. Exanclare if from efavrAeii/ : but, if from the same root as anc-illa, exandare. (Don- alds. Varron. p. 149.) — Infi^eor, from fa/eor Fecundus, from feo, from which also are frnus, fhnina, f?mur, fvyt. (Or * oi nap' ep-oii nphs c^xov ovk fiaCv. ir. p.. <{. to pLtj Oavtlv. Cf. Xen. An. i. 3. a.) I Exammatio7t Papers. 189 d. ov fi-q (T€ TrpoXiTTOi firjSe irpoSoi. e. riyy'iXdf] fxoL, otl ovk av Svvt^o-oito iXOeiv. f. ixYf k€yr)6TjTos KioKvtid- TUiv. (2.) After adjectives of knowledge, memory, and the like. Cf. (^oprou ju.i/ij- y-oiv. (3.) After impersonals like tcedet. (4.) Words of abundance or privation, as Steriles ven. But in all these instances the leading idea of motion from may be traced. See Dr. Barry's Syntaxis, pp. 19 seqq. The three great divisions of the genitive in Gk. are (i.) ablation, (2.) division, (3.) relation. See Farrar's Syntax, pp. 64 seqq. The consideration of the various cases is far beyond the limits of a note. 2 Cic. Sen. 7, § 21. The indicative is used because the first clause is purely rela- tive and particular : the second clause is in- definite and interrogative, hence the subj. mood. 8 Cic. Verr. \\. 2. i, § 3. The pluperfect is used to describe a single definite action completed at some previous time : the Examination Papers. 191 f. Si nunc cum illis donis Cineas urbem circumiret^ stantes in publico invetiisset quae accipereiit.^ g. Proteus pecus egit altos visere montes.'' 3. Transfer the following passage from Oratio Obliqua to Oratio Recta : — Vehementer eos incusavit, primum quod aut quam in partem aut quo consilio ducerentur sibi quserendum aut cogitandum putarent. Ariovistum se consule, cupidissime pop. Rom. ami- citiam appetisse : cur nunc tam temere quisquam ab officio dis- cessurum judicaret ? Sibi quidem persuaderi cognitis suis pos- tulatis atque sequitate conditionum perspecta eum neque suam neque pop. Rom. gratiam repudiaturum. Quod si furore atque amentia impulsus bellum intulisset, quid tandem vererentur ? Aut cur de sua virtute aut de ipsius diligentia desperarent? Qui suum timorem in rei frumentariae simulationem angustias- que itineris conferrent, facere arroganter, cum aut de officio imperatoris desperare aut prsescribere viderentur. Haec sibi esse curse. ^ 4. Describe and estimate the sources of our knowledge of the Latin language as it existed before the death of Julius Caesar. What is the date of the oldest Latin mss. % 5. Write a short life of Ennius or Virgil or Horace. 6. Compare the historical styles of Caesar, Livy, and Tacitus. 7. Fix the date of the following writers, and state the names impf. to describe one continuing from past in Gk. ei Trepijjei . . . evpcv a.v ra.% St^ont- time to the time at which the words were va^. spoken. * Hor. C. i. 2. 7. The ordinary explana- 1 Liv. xxxiv. 4. Ctrcumiret is used to tion is, that the inf. is in direct imitation of describe the continuous action of going the Gk. idiom, and used, instead of the round the city at the period imagined by active supine, to express a purpose. See the speaker: invenisset, to express what Donalds. Lat.Gr. § 189, Obs. 3; Madvig, would take place and be completed each §411 ; but in this passage, and in Virg. y£"«. time the gifts were offered : acciperent, to i. 319, Hor. C. i. 26. 2, the infinitives, com- express the continuous acts of receiving, bined with their several objects, may be and partly to introduce * a secondary pre- considered more simply as the objects to dication of consequence.' (Donalds. Lat. egit, dederat, tradam, respectively. Gt. § 205, ^. cc. Obs.) We should have » Caes. B. G. L 40. 192 Examination Papers. and subjects of their works : — Vitruvius, Celsus, Columella, Juvenalis, Silius Italicus, Gaius, Appuleius, Ammianus, and Suetonius. 8. Give a clear sketch of the second Punic War, with a brief but precise description of the battle of the Trasimene Lake, or Cannae, or Zama. 9. Describe the political revolution attempted or accom- plished by Caius Gracchus or Sulla. 10. Contrast the power and functions of Augustus Caesar with those of the Roman dictator, and of some oriental sovereign. 11. What was the extent and state of the Roman Empire and the position of Christianity in the reign of Trajan or of Julian % 12. Write a short life of Constantine. 13. Mention two of the principal inroads of the Northern nations on the Empire, with the causes of their failure or success. 14. Point out the main featvu-es in the Roman worship.^ 15. Describe a Roman marriage, or funeral, or dinner. 16. Compare the position of a Roman citizen in the time of Cicero with that of an English citizen at the present day, in respect of power over property and family, political power, and liability to taxation and punishment. 17. State the case upon which Cicero made his speech for Caecina, or that for Cluentius, Plancius, or Murena. 18. Give the technical meaning and the nearest English analogy of imperium^ judices^ quaestio, ambitus, colonia, munici" pium, honor, heres, servitus prcedii, res mancipi, collegium, Prmioris edictum, possessiones, contio, caput, sodalicium, scriptttra, ususfructus. [Indian Civil Service, 1865.] 1 See Index to Merivale's Rome, s, v. Religion. Examination Papers. 193 XCII. 1. Write down the first person singular of the future indica- tive active, according to Attic usage, of ^iSw, avaAto-Kw, ycAw, TTivo), TrAaTTO), o-twTTW, yatptji, X^oij bidia. 2. How do the Attic writers express the present, future, aorist, and perfect indicative passive of the verbs atpw, Ik- /3dX,X(0f opio, ri6rip.L, Tvirro), (jjepo) 1 3. Parse dAets, avioxOt, lAwo-t, KaOeSetrai, KLyiita, XeXdOovro, TTpiiOj ifMvoirjv, vrjj <^^t)Lt€vos. Write down all the persons of the present imperative and optative of xpw/xai. 4. Illustrate the various forces of 8ta, cTrt, Kara, and Trapa, as governing different cases, and in composition with verbs. ^ 5. Translate the following sentences into Greek, endeavouring to make them serve as examples of Greek idioms : — a. He said that he himself was not present.^ if. He must have told the truth, else we should have found out already that his information was false.^ c. Take care that you come early, knowing that we shall take no excuse.* d. They let the man go home, as guides would be of no use in that country.** e. When you had the power to make peace, why were you so foolish as to prefer war?' / Though he had the means to escape, he thought he ought not to desert his friend.' 1 See Donalds. Gk. Gr. §§ 478, 483, 479, * Tbv avOpionov olKoSt aneirtfi^fiav, ilx ^85. firiiev imavOa 0}eKr],.— Scitunt is fecti, a.d. 9.— c. See Z?«:/y. ^/Iw^ft?. s. v. ' something thoroughly known ; ' hence, a Majestas. decision grounded on such knowledge. A ^ Ov. Fasti, v. init. law passed in the Com. Cent was Populi » See Dicty. of Geogy. s. v. Roma^ p. Scitum. : in the Com. Trib. , Plebi Scitum. 748. —Edictum is, strictly, a public notice on * Per=ii.6s Engl, inches : gradus=2i any subject, put forward by a competent pedes :/aj««= 5 pedes : ac^«j (quadratus) authority on that subject. — Imperium is =14,400 R. sq. ft. : /yv and os and tckvot/oo^os.^ V, 37 seg^^. — For the Metaurus, ib. xxvii. Thucydides in the sentence which contains 43-51 ; Hor. C. iv. 4. 34. — With the Rhe- the comparison of Livy with Herodotus : nus, the names of Germanicus, Varus, Martial (xiv. 191) pronounces him by com- Arminius, Drusus, Casar, are connected. mon repute ' 'Romaxiz. pT-imus in historia;' 1 Niebuhr's words are (//. R. 1. 410) Tacitus (/!««. iii. 30) calls him'rerumR. ' The genuine, noble, great plebs takes its florentissimus auctor.' He has been truly rise from the formation of a domain out of said by Merivale (ii. 113) ' to have covered the towns won from the Latins.' See also the Roman aristocracy with eternal infamy ib. 585 seqq. in pungent satires under the garb of his- ' See Merivale, ii. i:tqseqq. tory.' See, ^.^., Jug. 85.— See Forcellini, ' Sallust (B.C. 86-34) was quaestor, trib. s. v. Crisptts, for passages in which refer- pleb. (52), praetor (47), appointed governor ence is made to him by ancient writers, of Numidia by Caesar. His style is arti- * The great author, besides Hdt., is ficial to a degree, presenting, in this re- Hippocrates. spect, a reflex of his character : he affected ' (i.) Insatiate (aw, 2il3ak€iv Sovkiov. e. *Hv 8' lyyvs -^kde ^avaros, ovSels /SovXcTai. f. ^HA.^ei' cts TO acTTu, iva. i8y tov Trarepa. g. TavTtt lykviTO rjrot ^a/)/xaKOis rjrot /xdyiav rcxyats.' 5 . Mention Greek historians anterior to Herodotus, and sub- sequent to Xenophon ; and name one important work of each.' 1 5ucai09 eifxX a^iuxraa-Oai eym—rekevTOiv others, Polybius (B.C. 167), Ctesias (B.C. eliTfv — et? Tois 'A. rpiTaiot rjkOov — SijXos ^v 400), Dion Cassius (a.d. 194), Dionysius i^evSofxeco; — fiera. rjjs yufatKOs OviqaKiav, Halicamassensis (b.c. 20), Herodiaa (a.d. or Oavov/nevo?, -qyana — eis rijv irarpt&a 238), Theopompus (B.C. 333), Diodorus Si- KaTri\6ov oi ijydSfi — «ts tovs iroAe/xt'ous cuius (B.C. 59), Zosimus (a.d. 420). The eisTreTTTwKojs f\a6fv. most important are (i.) the work of Pff/y- 2 a. See Paley m loc. (^Esch. Pers. 503). bins. (2.) The Roman History oi Dionys. c. av with perfect indicative ; read aTrw- H.y called by him 'Pw/xaiKTj 'Apxortet is pro- bably connected with opus. * Ullus, a diminutive of unus, is used when all are excluded. — As to quis gene- rally, see Varronianus, cap. x. § 5. — Ali- quis'=-alius-quis, or ille-quis : aliquis is some one, as opposed to any one : it is always definite and specific, and is used with the idea of greatness, as also its kindred words, e.g., Juv. i. 74; Pers. i. 129. — Quisque is used of each individual of a large number taken separately : it= each by himself. — Quisquam-=2i single per- son, excluding all. It corresponds to ullus. See,^^.,Virg. ^n.'v 48. — Quispiam-=.%ora^ particular person unknown ; differing from quidam, which is used of some one known but not mentioned. — Quilibet ■= any one you please, 'of unrestricted liberty in selec- tion.'— ^«/V:««^7<#=«/A<7jd>«'rr in an espe- Examination Papers, 201 b. Olim, quondam. 1 c. Adeo, ideo, idcirco.^ d. Unus, unicus, singulus, simplex." 4. Explain the title legatus : to what various officers is it applied ? What was the legatio libera ? Trace the change in position of the legatus under the empire.* 5. What derivations have been given of the word 'Pontifex"? Distinguish the Pontifex from the Sacerdos, the Augur, the Flamen. What were the original numbers and functions of the Pontifices ? What were the functions of the Pontifex Maximus under the empire ? When did the office and title cease % Where was the residence of the Pontifex Max., and by what name was it called % Who were the Quin- decemviri, the Epulones, the Salii, and the Augustales?' Explain the line — * Qui lotam parvo revocant Almone Cybellen.' • 6. What are the various dates assigned for the foundation of daily indefinite and vague sense. See, one of its kind, matchless. Hor. C. iii. 14. e. g.y Hor. Epist. i. 18. 31. — Quotuscunque 5. — Singul-us (Semel), one by one. — Sim- is literally ' The what-one-th soever in a plex (Semel plico)=once folded : hence list?* Hence it=' however small or how- simple, unvarnished, honest, ever large.' See Ovid, Her. xiii. 60 : Se- 4 Legatus is ' any one deputed or legally quitur regni pars ^K<7/ac««^«^ sui. commissioned to act for another.' See N.B. — The meaning oiguottts, as given Dicty. o/Antiq. s. v above, is the reason of 5r«^^«5TO«^ ;-^^ i Pontifex is variously derived-(i.) ^«z='how few are there that,' bemg fol- „ ^ -^ , , t. , • , • • lowed by a verb in the singular. See, on Pons./acere, from the P. bemg the ongi- these pronouns, Donalds. Lat. Gr. § 201. nal builders of the Sublician bridge. (2.) 1 Olim is the locative adverb from ille=. Pons,/acere=pe^€i.v, to sacrifice, as in Virg. at another time, whether past or future ; Eel. iii. 77, from certain sacrifices which it 2i\%o=sometimes, as in Hor. .S". i. i. 25 ; they either offered or superintended there. Virg. yEn. viii. 391. — Quondam refers only (3.) Yxoxapottdus, pendo (I pay), the atone- to the past. It also=sometimesm poetry. ment-settlers (Varronianus, xiii. § 9). (4.) See, e.g., Hor. C. ii. 10. 18. Posse, facere. (5.) Pompi/ex = fixocc%- 3 Adeo=\xp to that point, increases the sion-superintender. See Paley on Ov. F. expression to a certain degree or result. v. 621 ; ZJ/V/y. .<4«^/^. s. v.— See Merivale, See Virg. G^^r^. iv. 84 ; yfi"/*. i. 567. — Ideo, i. 109, iii. 457, iv. 133. — The line of L. for that reason, the reason not being yet refers to the yearly washing by a pontiff given : Jdcirco, the reason being given. {canus sacerdos, Ovid, /. c), April 4, or. See ib. Georg. i. 231, where idcirco refers to according to others, March 27, of the image the substance of the preceding lines. of the goddess Cybelle in the Almo, a small 3 Unus (els, ev), one, as opposed to any tributary of the Tiber near Rome. See other number : also one above all others, Ov. F. iv. 337 segg. : Martial, iii. 47. 3. ;« in Hor. C. iii. 4. ^i.— Unicus, the only * Lucan, L 600(595 al.) 202 Exa7ninatio7t Papers. Rome ? What is the common date ] By whose name is it called, and how is it deduced ] More than twenty different accounts are enumerated of the foundation of Rome. Which of these can you specify? How does Sallust differ from Livy in this particular ? What is Virgil's legend of the cities on the Roman hills before Rome ? On which occasion is it introduced 'i^ 7. Give the legend of Coriolanus. What is his reputed date % What his descent and Gentile name ? Where was Corioli, and to what nation did it belong 1 Explain the line — * Devictae referens primus cognomina terrae.'^ Quote Ovid's summary of the most illustrious Roman cognomina.* 8. What Roman historians preceded Livy % Which of them wrote in Greek, which in Latin ? Of which of each class do remains exist 1 What were the original sources of early Roman history ? What is known of the life of Livy 1 What does he say in his preface of the scope and object of his work? To what epoch did it extend, and what portions of it remain ?* I.— For the legend, see ^n. viii. 355 ^ The dates are 753 (Varro., and com- monly adopted), 752 (Cato), 750 (Polybius), 747 (Fabius Pictor). The date is deter- mined by the chronology of Eratosthenes, a mathematician of Cyrene, born B. c. 276 : he fixed the taking of Troy at 11 84 B.C. : the duration of the reigns of the several kings of Alba, including five years for iEneas as given by Dionysius and Dio- dorus, is 432 years: 1184-432=752. For some of the legends, see Dicty. 0/ Geogy. s. v. Roma, p. 722, and the authorities there cited.— See S 'Q. Fabius Pictor, . *L. Cincius Alimentus, tC«. NcEvitis, . \Q. Ennius, . iM. Porcius Cato, . L. Calp. Piso, L. Caclius Antipater, \Q- CI. QuadrigaritiS, Clodius Licinus, . C Licinius Macer, Q. Valerius Antias, t Fragments only. Catil. 6 ; L iv. re B.C. 225 208 205 204 195 133 123 ICO 100 81 • • 80 2 Sil. Hal. xvii. 626. 8 Ov. Fasti, i. 595 sef^. See Livy, ii. 33 sf^f-i for Coriolanus. The date is B.C. 491. C. or Cn. Marcius was said to be the son of a descendant of king Ancus Martius. — The allusion in the line of Silius is to Scipio Africanus the elder. * The following historians preceded Livy. The * denotes those who wrote in Gk. : the italics those of whom there are any remains : — Referred to b>r Livy — i. 44, 55 ; xxii. 7, 57. viL 3 ; XXI. 38 xxxiv. 5. i. 55. xxi. 38 ; xxvii. 27. viii. 19 ; xliv. 15. xxix. 22. IV. 20 ; vu. 9. C In a great many places, and always with < censure, as a great exaggerator. See, ( e.g., *xxvi. 49; xxxiii. 10. * In this passage he also mentions a Gk. historian Silenus. Cf Cic. de Div. i. 24. 49. Examination Papers. 203 9. Give an account, with date, of L. Cornelius Scipio Bar- batus, and describe his actions in Etruria, Samnium, and Lucania. Recite the inscription on his sarcophagus. Men- tion the names and exploits of contemporary Romans.* 10. To what different authors has the continuation of Caesar's Commentaries been ascribed ? What is Niebuhr's opinion of the authorship of the book De Bello Hispaniensi^ and how does he characterize its style? Recount Caesar's three campaigns in Hispania, as connected with the mount Herminius, the river Sicoris, and the field of Munda.^ 11. Give an account of the Gens, the Familia, and the per- sonal career of the Emperor Galba. Relate from Tacitus the circumstances of his death. Explain the sentences : — * Susce- pere duo manipulares Imperium Pop. Rom. transferendum, et transtulerunt.' ' Ignarus interim Galba, et sacris intentus, fati- gabat alieni jam imperii Deos.' ^ 12. What is the number of Virgil's Eclogues f Mention the subjects of some of them, especially the First, the Fourth, and the Tenth, and point out their historical reference. Quote lines in imitation of Theocritus, in allusion to Julius and Augustus, and indicative of local scenery. What is your Livy quotes (xxv. 39, xxxv. 14) from an- question, see Merivale, i. 154 seg^f. (Her- other Claudius : it is, however, doubtful minius) ; ii. 180 se^^. (Sicoris) ; ib. 380 whether he was a different person from se^f. (Munda). The allusions to Munda Quadr. — See the Preface, Qutx ante con- by Ovid {Trist. iv. 10. 6: Quum cecidit ditam, eic. — The work originally extended, fato Consul uterque (Hirtius and Pansa) in 142 books, from the earliest times to the pari), found also in Tibullus (iii. 5. 18), death, B.C. 9, of Nero Claudius Drusus, should be noticed. the younger brother of the emperor Ti- ' Tac. Hist. i. 39 seqq. : ib. 25 ; ib. 29. berius : we have, perfect, Books i-io, 21- Ser. Sulpicius Galba, emperor from 68 to 45 ; there is also a fragment of Book 91, 69 a.d., assumed the chief post in the R. and we have epitomes of the whole, as- world at the suggestion of Julius Vindex : cribed generally to Florus the historian. was unpopular on account of his niggardly 1 See Student's Rome, chap. xix. disposition and undecided character. He 2 To A. Hirtius, C. Oppius, and Vibius was adopted in his youth by Livia Ocel- Pansa. The discussion as to whether they lina, a relative of Livia the wife of Augus- were continued by H. or by O. is as old tus, and was called, up to the time of his as the time of Suetonius (fl. 88 a.d.), who elevation, L. Livius Ocella. Both Aug. says (JZees. 56), Alii O. putant, alii H. — For and Tiberius are said to have foretold his Niebuhr's opinion, see Lectures on R. future greatness (Tac. .(4 ««. vi. 20 ; Suet Hist. iii. 40 seqq. — For the campaigns in Galb. 4). See Merivale, vii. 38 seqq. 204 Examination Papers, idea of Virgil as a picturesque poet ? Explain the expres- sions : — Flores inscripti nomina regum. Lupi Moerim videre priores. Invito processit Vesper Olympo. Cedet et ipse mari vector. > [Indian Civil Service, 1867.] XCVI. 1. Give the paradigms of the verb eip, ' I am/ and l-qfii, * I send.' What is the force of the aorists of /35/-it and idr-qixL % 2. Heyne affirms that * Homer knows nothing of the article, and that 6 with him is equivalent to avros or ckcii/os.' Examine this view, with instances of the use of 6 in Homer. In what respect do you consider the Homeric use of 6 to differ from that of the Attic writers?" 3. Distinguish between the dprjTrip, fxavrus, '^ioirpoTros, vtto- '>]Tr]Sf ^vocTKoos, otwvoTToXos, oveipoTToXos, in Homer. What is the proper name for a sacrificing priest ? By whom were sacri- fices performed in the Iliad ? Give instances. With respect to priests and temples what difference may be observed between the practice of the Greeks and the Trojans 1 Which do you consider the elder, — Achilles or Patroclus 1 Hector or Paris ? ' 4. Give an account of the god Hermes, mentioning his parentage, birth, and any remarkable legends about him. 1 See the Introduction in Conington's * ggg Donalds. Gk. Gr. §§ 389 segq. Virgil, and Merivale, iii. 239, 246. Ec- ' ap. =one who offers a prayer either for logue V. is especially in praise of Julius good or evil : /«.ovTis=an inspired person Caesar under the allegory of Daphnis. — who g^ves forth an oracle which is inier- See the imitations in Paley's Theocritus. preifdhy the nf>oriTrii or v7roriTr]<;: Oeoirp. See ix. 46 especially in praise of Aug. : is ' one who interprets a sign given by the also i. 6: some reference in iv. — For local gods:' 9v. is a sacrificing priest. See //. scenery, see i. 79 ; cf. Theocr. xi. 44 and xxiv. 221 : ^01 ftat^ie? eiep ,*!^« ^««1'"S f g^'"^' P"^^' ^f'" the breaking out of the plague; and the charge « See Student's Greece, chap. i\ : Grote, against Alcibiades relative to the mutila- chap. 4, 18. lion of the Hermae : also the state of feeling ' Socrates was put to death B.C. 399: at Athens after the battle of the Arginusse. 2o6 Examination Papers. What the date of tlie battle there, and what the result ? Where was the * Wall of Media ' ? What was the route of the * Retreat ' ? Who were Clearchus, Cheirisophus, Phalinus, Tissaphemes, Ariaeus?* 9. Relate Alexander's campaign in India. What were the Greek names for the great rivers of the Punjab % How far did Alexander penetrate ? How did he mark the limits of his pro- gress ? By what route did he return, and where to % What kingdoms did the Macedonians found in Asia?' 10. Explain the method of dating by Olympiads. What great events in Grecian history took place in the years B.C. 529, 490, 435, 430, 387, 356? Give the corresponding Olympiads. What events occurred in Olymp. iii. 4. and IT 2. 2 ? Give the corresponding years B.C." 11. Describe the Piraeus, writing the word in Greek. What derivation would you assign to the word ? What were the names of the ports of Athens 1 What were the Long Walls ? their length and width ? by whom built ? By whom was the Piraeus destroyed?* 1 By the term AnaJyasis is meant * a guage and style of the following passages going up into a country' from the sea- in the Anab. :— L c. 8, c. 9 ; ii. 6.6-27; coast. The subject of the work is the con- iv. c. 1-7. spiracy of Cyrus the younger, son of Darius 3 ^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ ^j^^ Hyphasis {Suthj), Nothus and Parysatis, against his elder Hydaspes {Jelum), HydraOtes {Ravi), brother Artaxerxes 11. In i. i. 2, we have Acesines {jOhenab), and Indus (Si,idhu).- the phrase iva^acVei applied to him as p^^ ^ ^^^^^^ ^^ ^y^^ campaign, see Stu- marching into the interior and to the seat ^^^^.^ ^^^^^^^ ^ xliv.-Those of Perga- of the court. The Anabasis proper ends ^^^ Bithynia. Galatia, Cappadocia, Pon- with the battle of Cunaxa, 401 B.C., the ^^^^ Paphlagcnia, Armenia Minor. See remainder of the work being taken up student's Ancient Geogy. ch. vii. § 9. with the adventures, during their retreat, of the Ten Thousand Greek troops under * The events are respectively, Death of Xenoplion : Cunaxa (Kouvaf a) is 500 stadia Cyrus— Persian Invasion, with Marathon- from Babylon, and the battle, in which War between Corinth and Corcyra about Cyrus was killed, is described in Anab. L Epidamnus, resulting (431) in the Pelop. 8, §§ 8-27 : it is noticeable that Xen. does War-Invasion of Attica, Plague at Athens not mention Cunaxa, the only authority -Peace of Antalcidas- Birth of Alexan- being Plutarch (K/V. Artax. 8).-For the d" t^e Great.-Battle of Issus, in which Wall of Media, see Anab. ii. 4. 12; also Dareius Codomanus is defeated by Alcx- Dicty. o/Geogy. s. v. Media Murus : and, ander-Battle of A rbela or Gaugamela. for the An. generally, Ainsworth's Travels * ITeipainJ?. For derivation, see Arnold in the Track of the Ten Thousand. The on Thuc. ii. 23. It was destroyed by student is especi.illy directed to the Ian- Sulla B.C. 86. Examhiation Papers. 207 12. Of what Athenian dramatists have we whole plays existing ? How many of each ] Give the names and subjects of the existing plays of the earliest of them. What wa6 the origin of the Greek drama? What was the dramatic a.'y*xiv% Where were the tragedies performed at Athens, and on what special occasions?^ What is the meaning of the words T/3ay^8ta, SiOvpafi^os, AiovvcrLa, ^(opayos, rpiXoyia, crvpfxa, KodopvoSj Trpocroyirov. {^Indian Civil Service, 1868.] XCVII. 1. Explain the use of the participle in grammar. In what respect is the Latin language deficient in participles ? Enume- rate, with instances, the deponent verbs of which the past participle is used both actively and passively. 2. Give the derivation of the contracted forms : — ala^ anceps^ hruma, career, contamino, contio, cuncB, exilis, subtilis, imus, summus, mollis, 7iobilis, olla, otium, solari, stipendium, tandem, vanus, velum. Explain the word * itiacte ' with derivation. 3. Give the names, in order, of the kings of Rome, and illustrate their characters by a Latin quotation for each. What was the power of the king at Rome compared with that of the consul %''■ 4. What was the cause of the first secession of the Plebeians ? Give the history of it, with the names of the principal person- ages concerned in it. What was the apologue of Menenius ? I The tragedies were performed in the 12. 33.— One essential difference was the Dionysiac Theatre, which was begun B.C. limited tenure of the consular office as com- 500, completed B.C. 340, and lay beneath pared with the kingly : again, the king was the S. wall of the Acropolis, near its E. unassailable : the consul, unless re-elected, extremity. became, after his year of office expired, a * See Virg. j^n. i. 275, vi. 809, viii. 639; private individual, and could be impeached. Ov. F. ii. 491 seqq., vi. 600, 634; Hor. C. i. See Niebuhr, H. R. i. 524. 2oS Examination Papers. What historical difficulties are found in this account % Where is the Mons Sacer, and why so called ? To what other hill did the Plebeians sometimes secede?* 5. When did Pyrrhus invade Italy, and under what pretext ? Whence did he come, and in what part of Italy did he wage war with the Romans % Relate the events of the war. What was the result of it, and what was the end of Pyrrhus ? From what sources do we derive our knowledge of these events % Quote from the Latin poets in illustration of the war and the leaders in it." 6. What was the country specially designated 'the Province'? Trace the progress of its conquests by the Romans. Give an account of the great victory of Marius in the Province. What speeches of Cicero refer to it % How was it connected with Pompeius % What resistance was made in it to Caesar ? What are the chief ancient cities (with their modem names) in it?* Explain the line of Lucan : — * Finis et Hesperiae promoto limite Varus.' * 7. Give an account of the battle of Pharsalia, with date. What were the numbers and composition of the armies on both sides ? Explain, with a plan, the topography of the spot. What 1 See Studenfs Rome, cap. viL ; Nieb. (Niebuhr, H. R. iii. 480), and the lines of ut supr. 597 seqq. The story is found in Ennius preserved in Cicero, De Off. L 12. Liv. ii. 31 seqq. The Mons S. is about 38. See also Hor. C. i. 12. 40 seqq. three miles from R. across the Anio, and ontherightoftheV.Nomentana. It was » The modem /'r^^^c^. ^^^ Duty, of so called from the altar built there to Jupi- P^^-*"-^" *• ^- ^'^^l^' P' 955- The victory ter by the pleb. when leaving their camp, '^ ^^at at Aqus Sextiae. -Refer to Cic d, and from the Lex Sacrata passed on the ^"-^^ ^J"'"' ^3. 3^ ; ProFla^c. 39, 98 : De spot to confirm the treaty between them- ^^^''- f "^; ^. 43.-The gates of Massiha selves and the patridans.-To the Janicu- were closed to Caesar See ^.//. Ctv. i. 34- J 36,50-59; n. 1-22. — The chief ancient cities "a See Studenfs Rome, cap. xxii.-The ^^""^ ,^f ^"^ {Marseilles) Telo Martius great authority is Plutarch's Life of Pyr- Z""^'"'^' , ^^^"^ J"^" /^''^'("S' ^°^°'^ rA;«, but particulars maybe also gathered I?"^"/ f ^arbo (A^«rW). Nemausus from Dionysius of Halicamassus and Ap- ri. What was the procedure of a SCktj at Athens? Distinguish dvaKpiveiv and dvaKpivea-dai (middle), KaraSiatTav and KaTaStatrao-^at (middle). Explain the words cto-ayycAta, evSei^is, (fxixris, and the phrases ^prjfxYjv o^Xciv, dvTi\a)(€LV Tqv fi-q ov(rav.^ 6. What was the national and political character of Thebes'? What part did the Thebans take in the Persian and Pel4- ponnesian Wars, and again after the peace of Antalcidas?' Explain the following allusion of Milton : ' — The great Emathian conqueror bid spare The house of Pindarus, when temple and tower Went to the ground. 7. Sketch the life and character of any one of the following persons : — Alcibiades — ^Timoleon — Demetrius Poliorcetes. 8. Taking as boundaries the Tigris, the Indus, the sea, and the northern latitude of the Caspian, place Arbela, Ecbatana, Persepolis, Susa, Maracanda, Taxila, Patala, Zariaspe, the ^ iroAAovs Twv irokeixioiv irCrpua-Ke, re- would lie : the middle of the plaintiff. XevT^o-as Se aurb? aireOavev. See Dem. 1175 : 6 apxuv avtKpivt naa-iv * SiekeytTO ws 5tj toI yevofieva /mt/ elSvia. rfftlv rots a/x<^iri *avTbs varo ravrrfv [ttjv ypou^Tji'] 6 avKOjjrov, orpaTiTyeti'. cKeifo;, — KaToSiaxTairOcu is * to be the cause * ifjLavThv /xev ovv ovk pSeiv rifiaprriKOTa, of an arbitration being given against any , any wife, c'.^yl«//^. ' Cic. de Legg. iii. 3. 9. See Dicty. 0/ ». V. Augur; Donalds. Varron. p. 407 Antiq.%.y. Equites. Examination Papers. 217 show also how the families of Augustus and Tiberius were united (by marriage) in Germanicus.^ [Iftdian Civil Service, i2>6^.'] C. 1. What data do we possess for determining the ancient pronunciation of Latin ? 2. Account for the imperfect success of Varro as an et)niio- logist, and illustrate your answer by examples from his writings. 3. How did the study of Greek literature at Rome affect the Latin language ? 4. Cicero^ says * Abest enim historia a Uteris nostris ; ' Quintilian" *At historia non cesserit Graecis.' Examine and compare these assertions. 5. Estimate the influence of patronage on Roman poetry. 6. Criticise the style of Persius, and illustrate by quotations. 7. How far did the Augustan poets modify consciously the Greek metres which they adopted 1 8 Enumerate and account for the various grammatical methods by which action can be attributed to a person in the Latin language. 1 Tac. Ann. vi. 51. Tiberius Gaudius Nero Caesar was the son of T. Claudius Nero and Livia Drusilla, who became, B.C. 38, the wife of Augustus : Tiberius was bom B.C. 42, and was the stepson of Augustus : his younger brother, Nero Claudius Drusus, t\\Q /rater of the above passage, was bom B.C. 38, three months after his mother's marriage with Augustus : he was the father of Germanicus Caesar by Antonia, the daughter of Antonius the triumvir, and the niece of Augustus. — The Marcellus men- tioned ii. M. Claudius Marcellus, son of Octavia the sister of Augustus, and, there- fore, the emperor's nephew. He was the subject of Virgil's lines, ^n. vi. 868-886, and of the praises of Propertius, iv. (iii.) 18. — M. Vipsanius Agrippa was brother- in-law to Marcellus, having married, B.C. 28, his sister Marcella : he afterwards mar- ried, B.C. 21, Julia, the widow of Marcel- lus, and daughter of Augustus by his third wife Scribonia ; she bore him two sons, the G. and L. Caesar mentioned above, and afterwards, b.c ii, became the wife of Tiberius, but their union was neither long nor happy. * See De Legibus i. 2. 5. 3 Inst. Or. X. I. lox. 2 1 8 Exaniinatio7i Papers. 9. What theories have been advanced about the origin of the Latin Infinitive % How far are they consistent with its syn- tactical use. 10. Classify and account for the terminations of Latin adverbs. 11. What do you conceive to have been the earliest form of «/, ubi^ doneq clam, eum, cut, bonus, faxim, do, queo 1 Give reasons for your answer. 1 2. Give some account of the following words, mentioning collateral forms : — causer, chanteur, feu, fils, geant, larron, mime, pcUais, peuple, roi, serment, country, court, pen, pity, 13. Translate, with short notes, explanatory or illustrative — a. Viden ut honored* b. ToUit se . .... cernuus armo.- c. Da lunae pocula commodis.* d. Cautos nominibus rectis expendere nummos.* e. Accipe ceras libello.** / Libertate vertigo facit* g. Appius decreto .... promittat.^ h. Neque enim societatem . . praedandi vocabula.' [Hertford Scholarship, 1870.] CL 1. Explain what is the difference between Rhythm and Metre. 2. Give some account of the rise of Greek Tragedy. 3. The place of Ennius in Latin poetry, and of Herodotus in Greek prose. 4. In what sense can one language be said to be older than another ? Is there any reason for considering -^olic to be older than the other Greek dialects 1 I Virg. j^n. vi. 779. * Hor. Epist. ii. i. 105. ' Livy, iii. 45 i. » lb. X. 891. 6 juv. xiv. 191. 8 Tac. Hist. iv. 14; cf. ii. • Hor. C. iiL 19. 9. « Pers. v. 73. 92, iii. 19, for use of sinus examination Papers. 219 5. Explain and give examples of frequentative aorist; cognate accusative ; frequentative use of o.v ; deliberative subjunctive ; anacolouthon ; attraction \ idiomatic uses of comparative and superlative. 6. Give some account of the Roman Calendar. 7. Enumerate the divisions of the As. 8. Translate, noting peculiarities and quoting similar pas- sages — a. ot 6' avdojxaiixoL irov v^aviai Trovetv ; ^ b. icma vvv Zevs avros, cptySovTros Trocrts "Hpiys, fxri fikv TOis iTTTroLcrtv dvrjp l7ro}(^(r€Tat aXAos.* d» fSovXei TO wpay/xa rots ^caraicrtv cfipdcrfo ; * e. €S okiyoV d(fiLK€TO TToiv TO (TT/DClTeV/Aa T(UV ^A67JVait€vot, AlyovTCS, Kat i^/acis Tt 7roirj(TO/JL€v ; Kat €?7re tt/oos avrovs, MrySeva 8ia(r€L(nfjT€, firjSl crvKO- avT'i]a-r)re' kol d/OKeto-^e rots d^wvtois vfiiov.^ What is the exact meaning of crrpaTevofievoL 1 What circum- stance mentioned in Josephus throws light on this passage 1 3. Translate — Kat (XTroKpiOels 6 'Irjarovs iLTrev avrots, Ov Sia tovto irAavaa^c, firj €t8oT€S ras ypas.^ SiriA-ot KOi [liofioij €VTpv(f>ci}VT€S €V Tais dTrarats avrwv, (Tvvevia^ovfievoL vfitv.* 10. Translate and explain — In matutina nuper spectatus arena Mucius, imposuit qui sua membra focis, Si patiens, fortisque tibi durusque videtur, Abderitanse pectora plebis habes ; Nam clim dicatur, tunic^ prsesente molestd, *Ure manum,* plus est dicere, *Non facio/* \B ell and Barnes Scholarships, 1867.] CVI. Grecian History. I. "Hrot liXv irpitiTLo-Ta Xdos yever^ avrap cTrctra Fat' €vpva\ls act.' 1 Plin. Ep. X. 97. 82 Pet. \i 13. s Heaod, TA^o^. 116. '^ St. Jude 12. ■* Martial, x. 25. 230 Examinatio7i Papers. The Religion of Greece in the Heroic age— its origin, de- velopment, and moral influence. 2. ot l3ov\6iX€VOL creixvovv ra irepl Kvpov.^ A life of the personage referred to, and an explanation of the historian's remark. 3. Tovs fi€v vav/xa^cJjcravTas fitav Kol nAaraicts evdvs elvai kolvtI 8ovX—ToXjJL7]ral — eveATiSes — aOKVOL, Demosthenes charges them with ppaSvrrjs — p(jL6viJ.ia — dfii- A,eia, K.T.X. Compare these views of Athenian character, discussing any causes which may have modified it 6. Give an account of Alexander's campaign in India. Roman History. 1. Infer the original component elements of the Roman * populus ' from — a. Legendary history. d. Ancient offices, grades of dignity, and usages. c. Names of places in Rome. 2. Compare and distinguish the popular movements headed by members of the Licinian and Sempronian gentes respec- tively. Date and briefly give the scope of the successive enactments by which the plebs obtained political equality with the patres. 3. Date the achievements of any remarkable member of the Fabian gens between B.C. 500 and B.C. 200, giving names in full. 1 Hdt. L 95. 3. * Ar. Kan. 693. I Examination Papers. 23 1 4. State the political circumstances which led to the banish- ment and recall of Cicero. 5. State how far the forms and institutions of the Republic tvere preserved under the first four Roman emperors. 6. Who are the chief historical authorities for the reign of Domitian % What reforms did he effect on his accession to the empire % [^Classical Tripos ^ 1866.] CVII. Ancient History. A. — Trace the origin and mutual connection of the Hellenes and any earlier inhabitants of Greece Proper, having regard to the theories of Herodotus and Thucydides, and the inferences which may be drawn from language and mythology. Or State what were the constitutions of Sparta, Athens, and Corinth in the earliest historical times, and what fundamental changes they respectively underwent before the commencement of the Peloponnesian War. Or Compare the political sentiments of -^schylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, as deduced from their writings. B.— Out of the sources of Athenian revenue specify any which correspond to our customs, excise, tolls, land-tax, and property-tax; and any which have no present English equi- valent Or Trace the growth of the power of Olynthus, showing how it 232 Examination Papers, was impaired (i.) by the Spartans, (2.) by the Athenians. Give your opinion of the policy of these States in curtaiHng it. Or Give your estimate of the probable results to Greece and to the world if Alexander had lived to consolidate his Asiatic conquests. C. — State what plan and principle Livy lays down for him- self in his History. Discuss and illustrate his merits as a Historian, showing how far he performs what he promises. Or Enumerate any points of contact between Greek and Roman History from about 500 to 200 b.c. Or Give a sketch of Hannibal's war with Rome, formed by actual quotations from, or references to, Roman poets. D. — (i.) Pro lege Manilia, (2.) Pro Gaio Rabirio, (3.) Pro Tito Annio Milone, (4.) Oratio Philippica i. State the occa- sion of each of these speeches, and the political relations of the orator at the time. Or Discuss the position and influence of the Epicurean and Stoic pliilosophies in the last age of the Republia Or Trace the causes which led to the extinction of a middle class in the Roman commonwealth, and show how this result was preparatory to the monarchy. [Classical Tripos ^ 1867.] Examination Papers, 233 CVIII. Ancient History. A. — I. Interpret the theories mentioned in the following passage, and assign them to their several supporters as far as the time of Socrates : — Tots \iXv SoK€tv %v fiovov TO ov cTvai, TOis S' airctpa to ttXtjOos' Koi TOis fJikv act KLV€Lcr6ai TravTa, tois S' ovSev av ttotc KLvrjOrjvai' Kot Tots /Ji€v Trdvra yiyvio-dai tc koX aTroXXva-Saiy tois Se ovt' av yivea-Oai irore ovSev ovr' oLTroXeia-dai.^ Or 2. Trace through its successive phases the policy of the oli- garchical party at Athens, during the interval between the Persian Wars and the Thirty Tyrants. Or 3. Describe the political intention of the following plays of Aristophanes ',—Acharnians, Knights^ Clouds^ Wasps, Peace, Birds : and quote passages from any of them that fix the date of their production. Mention any striking differences between the earlier and later plays. B. — I. Compare the leading characteristics, and the gene- ral influence upon Hellas, of the Athenian, Spartan, and Theban supremacies. Or 2. Give the occasion, purport, and result of each of the following speeches of Demosthenes : — (i.) First Philippic, (2.) Third Philippic, (3.) Oration on the Peace, (4.) Oration on the Crown. Or 3. Compare the capacity of the Greek States for united 1 Xen. Mem. i. t. 14. 234 Examination Papers. action in the age of Themistocles and in the age of Philo- poemen. Show how far the difference had been brought about (i.) by necessary tendencies of Hellenic civilisation, (2.) by external causes. C. — I. Sketch the political history of Rome from the * Servian Constitution ' to the Decemvirate, pointing out espe- cially (i.) the probable cause of each of the changes intro- duced, (2.) their connection. Or 2. What light is thrown by the plays of Plautus, or by the fragments of contemporary dramatists, on the change which external influences — Greek or Italian — were producing on (i.) the religion, (2.) the manners, (3.) the popular education, of Rome ? Quote, where you can, the passages on which you rely. Or 3. Sketch the history of the Senate from the end of the Punic Wars to the death of Sulla, dwelling on the qualifica- tions for membership, the changes in its powers, and the growth of a Senatorial class. D. — I. Give a brief connected outline of the life of Caesar from the formation of the * First Triumvirate,' dwelling chiefly on (i.) the state of parties at the beginning of the period, (2.) the causes, extent, and results, of the Gallic campaigns, (3.) the nature of Caesar's reforms, carried out or projected during his monarchy. Or 2. With reference to the insurrection on the Lower Rhine under Civilis, give — a. The names and ethnological affinities of the tribes that joined in it. Examination Papers, 235 h. The names, ancient and modern, of the principal Roman military stations upon 01 near the Rhine below Moguntiacum ; distinguishing those that were at any time the scene of operations. c. The objects of Civilis, pointing out the character of the results that were nearly achieved by him, and the circumstances under which such an outbreak became possible. Or 3. Trace the political influence of the military power from the fall of the Republic to the accession of Trajan. {Classical Tripos, 1868.] CIX. Ancient History. A. — I. Gather from the notices of the Homeric poems by Herodotus and Thucydides their judgment on Homer's personality and his trustworthiness as evidence. State the leading views which have been entertained by later critics on the subject Or 2. Give a succinct account of Xerxes' expedition against Greece; and criticise the conduct of the several Hellenic nations at the time. Or 3. Define clearly the nature and uses of Ostracism; and enumerate the several occasions on which it was resorted to, describing fully the circumstances which seemed to make it expedient. B. — I. Trace the successive developments of the art of 236 Exajni7iation Papers. war in Greece by land and sea ; noticing the authors and occasions of each. Or 2. Discuss the character and method of Socrates, and the truthfulness of Plato's delineation of them. Or 3. 6 fid\t€i;^ Cicero says — 'Corinthum patres vestri totius Graeciae lumen exstinctum esse voluerunt.'' When and how ? What, then, was the Corinth in which St. Paul resided ? Account for the words * totius Graeciae lumen.* 3. Explain the word Uapavpea-peui, and illustrate it by citing similar compounds with Trapd. Whose are the speeches extant on this subject 1 In what year were they delivered, in what kind of trial, and with what result 1 State briefly, with dates, the series of events narrated in the speech for the prose- cution, the gist of the charges, and the tenor of the defendant's answer ? What other prosecution was complicated with this, and what delay did it cause 1 4. Niebuhr says — * Alexander undertook the Asiatic expe- dition as a true adventurer.' Test the justice of this censure by considering (i.) Alexander's position at Philip's death, (2.) the condition of the Persian empire and its antecedent relations to Greece, (3.) Alexander's conduct of Grecian afifairs, (4.) his general management of the war with Persia, from the passage of the Hellespont to the death of Darius. 5. Describe the life and character of any ^«^ of the following persons : — Dion, Lycurgus the Orator,' Philopoemen. a. Aivos Pa(Ti\€V€i rov At' tJcAT^AaKws.* What doctrine does this verse ridicule 1 Who was its propounder? Give some account of him and his philosophic system. By what school was it adopted and sys- tematized at a later time 1 In what extant work is it expounded ? Or ^. Who were the elder Stoics 1 Whence do we derive our knowledge of them and their doctrines 1 Com- ' Aristoph. Plutus, 173. 3 See especially ThirlwL H. G. vii. 139 scgt/. * Cic Z#f. Mattil. 5. II. 4 Aristoph. Ntib. 1471. Examination Papers. 243 pare their theories of virtue and the end of existence with those of Aristotle. What writings of the later Stoics are extant % 7. a. Characterize ^schylus and Euripides with reference to the criticism of Aristophanes, and from your own point of view. What rank do you assign to Sophocles, as poet, dramatist, and moralist ? Cite those tragedies of each author which you regard as most characteristic of his genius. Or h. Give some account of Pindar's career as a poet ; and describe, with reference to any complete specimen, his method of constructing an Epinician ode. 8. Write down the Greek Alphabet as you suppose it to have stood in the age of the earliest Homeric poems. How far was their rhythm confined by laws of quantity ? What light does Comparative Philology throw upon the derivation or formation of the following words 1 — aetSw, ^aivw, papvsj PhOoSj jSpoTos, ^epa-Yj, eiirov, lAa^vs, ka-Tro/x'qv, kxhov, fj.€L^(i)v, fxcfi/SXtoKa^ fji€(rcros, ve/Spos, TTivre, ireima^ vttvoS) (f>€yyos. Trace each from what you believe to be its primitive root. \Indian Civil Service^ 1870.] CXIII. 1. Derive and illustrate 6i6/)os, Aijlbv, ^aXao-o-a, a/xav/)6s, hispidus, improbus^ eluiius, comperio, candidus^ lustro. 2. Give instances of apparent exceptions to Grimm's law of the interchange of labials. 244 Exami7iatio7i Papers. 3. Explain the change of mood or tense in the following passages : — a. StOTt h\ ovK rjXOov . , . a^€ts.* d. €7rt(rx€S a»s dvda-a-'g.^ c. Arcades discriminat agros.* d. Videsne, quae vis . . . meminisse % * 4. How do you account for the form qiuesitus ? What other instances are there 1 5. Examine the following dicta : — a. * Conjunctiones istas {koX . . . Se) in eodem sententiae membro haud credo occurrere apud istius aevi (^schyli, Sophoclis, Euripidis sc.) scriptores.' b. *Non usurpatur ws, pro ets vel Trpos, nisi de personis.' c. Ou iravv, like ov ttcivtcus, is equivalent to the Latin * omnino non.' * d. * Since the time when ' should be rendered in Latin not by * ex quo ' but by * cum.' 6. What materials are there for determining the right pro- nunciation in Latin and Greek of a^ /, <:, /, , 7, f, o.v ? 7. Translate and explain — a, oXy^KL T€TUKTat.' b. (TfMepSaXios Texyy.'' C. TO Sc vpoKXv^iv . . . TTpoxaLperb).^ d, ov fxrf TTidrjTaL . . . Xd/3oLS.^ e. [iri KaOap^ yap Kadapov €(f>d7rTe(rdai firj ov dep.irov y." f. Jam sibi carinis.^^ g. Bis medium .... dati.^- //. Hie mihi exit^^ /. Pelopis sono.'* 1 Thucyd. viii. 87. 3. C, and Shilleto on Thuc. i. 3. 2. w Plat. Phad. 67. B. 5 Eur. Phcen. 92. « Horn. //. xix. 221. 11 Virg. Georg. i. 360. 8 Virg. Mti. xi. 142. 7 lb. Odyss. xi. 609. 12 lb. ^n. ii. 218. * Cic. De Orat. ii. 74. 300. 8 /Esch. Ag. 251 (242 ed. Paley). 1' lb. viiL 65. 6 See Cope's Gorgias, Note » Soph. Phii. 103. " Horat. C. ii. 13. 37- Examiftation Papers. 245 k. Secanda funus.* /. Pone Tigellinum . arena.* 8. The comparative age of the Greek dialects. 9. In truth, whoever has been once imbued with the Latin of Plautus, Terence, Cicero, and Lucretius, cannot but feel what painful inroads Greek, and often debased Alexandrian Greek, had made in the language of even the Augustan writers, and what irreparable mischief it had occasioned, in the times of Quinctilian and Tacitus, to thought as well as idiom. Illustrate this. 10. How does the distinctive character of the Greek lan- guage appear (i.) in its choice of final letters, (2.) in its pre- servation of verbal forms ? [Ireland Scholarships 1870.] CXIV. 1. For a Latin epigram :— * Longe dissimiles hie vir et ille puer.* 2. For a Greek inscription on a statue : — IIo^os. 3. The characteristics of post-Augustan poetry. 4. The place of Agathon in the history of the Drama. 5. The principles of emendation. 6. * Hinc omnis pendet Lucilius hosce secutus.' The rela- tion of Roman Satire to the old Comedy. 7. Trace the gradual change in Lyric metres in Greek Tragedy. 8. How far were literary forgeries common in antiquity, and by what criteria may they be detected \ {^Ireland Scholarships 1870.] i Horat. C. ii. 18. 17. « Juv. I 155. 246 Exa77iination Papers, CXV. 1. State any arguments you may know, for and against the conclusion, tliat the author of the Iliad was also the author of the Odyssey. 2. Give an account, with examples, of the usages of the particles ottws, Ti/a, do-T^^ irplv, Trplv 17, irplv av. 3. In what sense is the Latin language said to be older than the Greek 1 4. Explain and illustrate the following : — a. 6 Se iraprjT€iTO fXTjSev rovnav Sp^v tpyi^ yap dyaOi^ pv(r€a-9aL ras atrta? (TT/oarcvo'a/xci'os, ^ tot€ iroiciv avTovs o Ti /3ov\ovTaO b. oA^icrat Se yjyi] ct TravTtt 6' (US Trpd(T(TOLix av, evdapa-rj'S eyw.* C. Aoyot S' ev dX.Xr]\oL(riv ippoOovv KaKoi, (fivXa^ G\€y)^(i)V vXaKa.^ d. lucosque sub alta Consulit Albunea, nemorum quae maxima sacro Fonte sonat, saevamque exhalat opaca mephitim.* e. Hac arte Pollux et vagus Hercules Enisus arces attigit igneas.' /. Quam intuens, in eaque defixa. 5. Define an Epigram, and write one on — Galeatum sero duelli Poenitet.* Or, StcuKet Trais iroTavov opvtv.'' 6. What is the difference between the metres of Sappho and Horace, of Theocritus and Virgil ? 1 Thpc. V. 63. 3. 3 Soph. Ant. 259. « Juv. i. 169. 2 iEsch. Ag. 90X. * Virg. Mn. vii. 82. ^ ,/Esch. Ag. 385. ' Hor. C. iii. 3. 9. Examination Papers, 247 7. Criteria of the foreign origin of Latin words. Which is right, silva or sylva, clypeus or dupeus f 8. Characteristics of the Attic dialect 9. How was the place of the modern press supplied (i.) in ancient Athens, (2.) in ancient Rome ? 10. How far was the Roman Emperor a reproduction of the Roman Kingi 11. The political theory of Virgil and of Horace. 1 2. The attempts made before Caesar's to place the govern- ment of the Roman State in a single hand. 13. The influence of Alexander the Great on Asia. 14. Discuss the political character of Augustus. What appearance did it present to an ordinary Roman contem- porary ] [Queen's College {Oxford) Scholarships and Exhibitions^ 1870.] CXVI. I. Discuss the derivation and meaning of the following words, and give examples of their use : — aywvm, SctAi;, 8Lpos, elKOCTToXoyos, Ivr;, KXriTrjp, oTvoxpj "TrapaypdcfjeLv, crTLpdSy VTTOTpk- X^f-v '- annona, calumnia^ co?npitum, fenus, indicare, indicere, manipulusy nundince, pessumdare^ seditio^ triumphus, [From Trinity College {Cambridge) Scholarships, 1870.] MISCELLANEOUS QUESTIONS. I. Translate — (a.) Tollite cuncta sui petere.* {b.) De dote teque cura.2 (c) In Equo peritiorera esse.^ (d.) Cum tamen morae.'* {e.) Amphora agricola !^ (/) Artifices lateris placere viro.'' (g) Atreus assemJ {h.) Cur saepe villam.^ (/.) Est sane remittas.^ (;*.) Primum, ut opinor .... Quinti fratris.^^^ {k.) Sed tamen posse videamur.^^ (/.) Cadmi nigellae filiae. . . Auson. Epist. 4, 74. (m.) lam in exostra heluatur ; antea post siparium solebat Cic. De Prov. Cofis. vi. 14. 2. Translate — Victum eo die, ob *impotentem injuriam unius, ingens vin- culum fidei : jussique consules ferre ad populum, ne quis, nisi qui noxam meruisset, donee poenam lueret, in compedibus aut in nervo teneretur : pecuniae creditae bona debitoris, non corpus obnoxium esset. Ita nexi soluti : cautumque in poste- rum, ne necterentur.^^ * Explain this word, as also the various technical terms in the above. To what position of affairs in Rome is there allusion ? 3. a. What is the proper meaning of the Greek aorist? Point out how far the notion of past time enters into it in the different moods. b. What are the rules for the use of ottw? to translate 1 Plin. Ep. vi. 33. 6 Martial, xii. 76. 9 Statius, Sih>. iv. 9. 2 Cic. ad. Aii. xii. 12. « Ovid, A. A. ni. 351. W Cic. ad. Ati. ii. 3. * Cic ad. Div. vii. 16. ^ Martial, xL 32. " lb. De Fiti, iL 7. »•. * Ov. Trist. L i. 105-124. 8 lb. xii. 57. *» livy, viiL 28. » Examination Papers, 249 the English in order that I may, that I mighty that J might have ? c. Distinguish between the use of av, separately and with relatives, with the subjunctive and optative moods. 4. Distinguish o/xvvmi ^eov, and o/Avri/at ^€(p, and quote a passage from Aristophanes bearing in any way on the distinc- tion.i 5. Mention and criticise any of the various readings intro- duced by Bentley in his edition of Horace. How is the work alluded to by contemporary English Satirists ? 6. Distinguish TrapaK/oovw, ck/c/oovo), KaraK/oovcD, 8iaKpova> : 8(j)po8oK€LV ri, B(opo8oK€Lcrdai ti : xprjixarL^eiv, xprjfiaTi^ea-dai : KLXP'fjP'i'^ Savci^o) : ko/dos, vjSpts : avctK/aio-t?, dvTw/xocria, SLOifxocrLa, vir(t)fio(rLa : di/Ttrtftacr^at, Trpoa-Tifiacrdaij TrpocTTifiav : cv^vwy, SoKLfiacrta : IrSet^t?, cTrayycXca, cla-ayyeXta : Siktj airpoa-raa-LOVy 8. aTTocrTacTLov : v(rrj (f>p€vas.* 8. a. What account does Hesiod give of his own origin and life 1 What is the date assigned to him by Herodotus 1 Give a short analysis of the Works and Days, By what English authors has it been imitated 1 Translate the following passages from the "E/oya KoX *Iifi€pai : — (l.) "Eapt TToAetv .... KaKLOTTj. — w. 460-469. (2.) A/xwcrl 8' €TroTpvv€Lv .... Kot /Soe Xva-at. vv. 595-606. 1 See Ar. A^«*. 248 ; cf. Eur. Med. 746, 752. 2 Soph. Ei. 1451. « /6. 1462. 250 Examinatio7t Papers. b. Explain the Hesiodic use of *7r€i/Tofos, *<^c/)€otKos, f/Ma^a d/xoXyatrj, xdkKciov ^wkoi', dXea Xeo'X'QV, avroyvov, uKii/T/Ta, fX€Td8oviroij Kttva^as, citing the passages from the 'E. k. *H. in which they respectively occur. * Cite a similar usage from Catullus,* •J- Illustrate by this a peculiar Homeric expression. 9. Translate and explain, so as to give the full meaning of the preposition — a. Xpr)ndTovs irLfx-qcraTe.'^ b. irapa toctovtov 1^ 7rdA.ts "^XOe klvSvvov. C. rj Trap^ €Xd)(^LcrTOV 8rj 't]k6€ to 'AdrjvaCcov Kparos T^s '^aXd(r(rqs dcfieXea-Oai, d. irapa 7roA,v li/tKWV ol K.€pKvpaioi. e. TO irpayp.' dyeiv ovx ws Trap* ovSev. Render the passages also into Latin. 10. Distinguish SIktj, ypaiji-j : vofios, ^ea-fios, xln^(j>i(r/Jia : ciora- yttv SiKTjVj iia-uvat Slktjv. What is meant hyrjyefxovca SiKaa-TTjpioVy and into what different classes were its possessors divided ? Who were ot IvSe/ca ? Had they any rjy. 8lk. 1 Who were the UpoiSpoL ? 11. What formalities were required before a new law could be (i.) proposed, (2.) enacted, at Athens 1 When a law had once been enacted, in what way was care taken for its mainten- ance, and how could it be finally abolished 1 Explain the terms — a. kTriyiipoTOvia rdv vofxcDV. b. TrpocroSov ypd\pa(r9ai Trpos rrjv /SovX'qv. C. KvpLovs eu/at tovs vofiovs diro ttJs 17/AC/oas ijs Ikuctto? iredrj^ ttXtjv ci t^ irpoaryeypaTTTai xpovos ovrtva Bel apxeiv. d. hloiK7](TL] ^iKiirqTqs dvTL y' 'AOrjvaLOVj irarpih^ dfieixf/dixevos' aTipa yap dv ^arts rjSe /act' dydpfjiiroiari ycvoiTO, 'Attikos ovtos dvrip tiov ^aXafiLva€TC)v. * 24. Translate — TOVTt KOL Syj X^P^^ .... K0Tvkrj8(OV.* In V. 1490, whose correction is rAi)o-o-ct? 25. Translate — ovK dxpr}crT09 .... Ta vra hoLfid^erai.^ Whose words are these ? Describe exactly the occasion on which they were delivered. Explain, carefully, the construc- tion in the last sentence. 26. Distinguish "q eTriKAi^/Dos, y cTrtStKos, rj eiTLTrpoLKos. How was the interest of money calculated at Athens 1 1 See Cope on Ar. J? A. iii. 2 Ar. Acham. 772, 778. « Ar. Vespa, 1483. 9. I., and Introduction to Ar. ' Solon, a (12). ^ Thucyd. vi. 16. 3, Kh. pp. 306 segq. Examination Papers, 253 Translate into Greek : — ' I wish to borrow ninety-five talents and a half, and I will ask Pasion the banker to lend me the sum at 18 per cent' 27. Translate and explain— *At [iXv Qvv crvvdrJKai, .... at SiadrJKat Keivrai.^ 28. Translate— vti fiev 6 SScvs, €K S' opavui fxeyas ■)(€ifiiav' TTCTrayao-iv 8' vSoLTOiv poac. « « K: Ka^/?aAAe tov ^^eifitov*, Ittc filv Tt^eis 7rv/3, €v Sc Kcpvais oTvov d^€tSe(t)s fi€\L-)(j)6v avrap dfMirl Kopa-c^. p,a\6aKov dixTTLTtdeL yva^aAAov, * * * TO fi€v yap evdev KVfia KvXiVSerat, TO 8' evOev' aiJLjjies 8' dv to /Aecro'cv vat ev (fiev' jSpoTOLS c/acores ws KaKov /xeya. K. OTTO)? av, ot/Aat, koI irapaa-Toicnv rv^at.' If. ct TOVcrSc y' cvv^s ouve/c' ov (rrkpyu TraTtjp.* C. (OS ai/ TToiT^o-rys, Travrax^ \p'r\'JTO'i y' ccret.* ^/. ot' ovScv (01/ ToiJ fXYjSkv dvT€(Trqs vTrep.^ e, 6 TO^O-nyS .... T€6d\J/€Ta(,^ 34. Translate — «. Sunt aliis scriptse . . . tempora nostra solent' Distinguish carefully between ia/ij fessera, miles. b. Caelo supinas .... mica.* Investigate the peculiarities of construction in the last stanza, and give your reasons for the interpretation which you prefer. 35. Trace back the following usages of re Ao?, its compounds and derivatives, to the primitive meaning of the word — eisavSpa? TcAw, ot kv TcAet, TcAiy vewv, opi^irai reXr} tyKapira Att, Zcvs TcAetcs, arc Acta, tcroTeAT^s, tt/qos tov irarkpa reXka-ai. 36. Distinguish clearly between the meaning of the aorist and of the perfect, and mention any cases in which the use of the Greek aorist differs from that of the English preterite. 1 Eurip. Med. 579-608. 4 Soph. Aj. 1369. Cf. Bassus 178-196 (Weber, 2 lb. 33a 5 Jb. 1231. Corp. Poet. Lat. 1412). 3 lb. 88. 6 lb. 1120-1141. 8 Horace, Carvt. iii. 23. 7 Ovid, Trist. ii. 471-484. Examination Papers. 255 37. Translate carefully the following passages, explaining and illustrating the grammatical peculiarities : — a. Kpavyrjv ttoAA^v Ittoiovv KaAouvre? dX\'qXov^ aAr^^ewat roiavra, ra ovra re (OS ovra KOI ra /ai) oi/ra (os ovk ovra.^ Give a short, but clear, account of the usages of ov and /a^, with passages in illustration. 38. Translate the following : — "AvSpes Ttvcs aKKi^ofxevoL 2/cv^at V€KpOV MTTTOV (TTVyeOKTlV Aoy^, KTaflCVOV iv ai 81 (TKoXtovs yhv(riv dv8€poiariv iroSas ^Se K€€p(a : and in Attic oikoto, KaraXafKfidevTes, aAi^civ, dXirj, rjciSe, irporfSeaTO, dTrohk^acrdai. What meaning have avayvwvat, o-vyytyvwcrKetv, dvapr^v (how does Herodotus write this?) vjroKpiavs^ aTreLXrjdeis, in Herodotus, and what in Attic writers 1 45. a. How does eipovcia, as defined by Theophrastus, differ from that of Socrates? What is meant by the irony of Sophocles ? Refer to any instances of irony in iEschylus or Euripides. d. What are the distinguishing characteristics of the Platonic and Aristotelian philosophy? Explain the nature of the Platonic ISeaL. State the proof of the immortality of the soul derived by Plato from the doctrine of iSeai. How was the doctrine misrepresented by Aristotle ? » ^t I'huc. § 4. yuri. 24. 4 ; 52. 3.— See Poppo (ed. Mb.) ' Dion. Hal. (ed. KrQger.) De Thuc. De Hist. Thuc, Comment. R 2 58 Exammatio?i Papers. c. Give a concise history of the Old and New Academy, and show how philosophy degenerated in the de- cline of the political existence of Greece. 46. Wnte a short life of Livy, with dates. Mention, also with dates, the chief historians before him. Give an estimate of his qualifications as a historian, and his general merits as a writer. How does ^Tacitus speak of him % To what Greek writer does Quintilian compare him 1 What portions of his work are extant % What period did it originally comprise ? Into how many books was it divided ? What portions have been most recently discovered ? What works are ascribed to him besides the History 1 What name does he give to the latter ? To what authors does he refer, and in what terms % What do you understand by the term Patavinity f Compare Livy with Tacitus, (i.) in point of style, (2.) as a historian. Translate and explain — a. Vectigalia summis pretiis . . . exercuerunt* b. Mos erat turn solo persultabant.' 47. Explain the meaning of * In Q. Caecilium Divinatio.' Give some account of the celebrated cause with which the speech bearing the above name is connected ? How many other orations are there extant on it 1 How many were de- livered ? Before what tribunal was the defendant arraigned, and who presided there % What was the result and what the ultimate fate of the defendant ? Translate and explain — Quartum quem sit habiturus ... . . . reos reperiatis.* 48. Who were the Triumviri Capitalesl Wliere did they hold their Court ? By whom and when were they instituted, and in succession to what Roman magistrates in their judicial 1 See Tac. Ann. iv. 34, Agr. lo, and, ' Liv. xllv. 9. on L. generally, SM^ra p. 202. * In Q. C Divinatio 15, % 49. * Liv. xxxix. Examination Papers, 259 capacity % To what Athenian magistrates did they partly corre- spond ? Explain the point of Cicero's j oke — ' Treviros vites cen- seo. Audio capitales esse. Mallera auro, sere, argento essent.' * 49. Cicero says' — * Quintum genus principiorum adhibet Aristoteles, vacans nomine, et sic ipsum animum IvrcAexetav appellat novo nomine, quasi quandam continuatam raotionem et perennem.' Translate this. Distinguish ivreA-cxeta and cj/SeXex^'S giving the deriva- tion of each. Which would you read here ? How does it appear that Cicero has not correctly given the meaning of Aristotle 1 50. Distinguish mxrere, dolere^ lugere: carer e^ desiderare, indi- gere, requirere. Explain the words or phrases versurd solvere, morbus comitialis, cretio, novae tahulcB, frumentujfi decumanum^ f. cestimatum, f. stipendiarium, 51. Explain the following inscriptions : — a. III. VIR. AAAFF. b A.P.F. c. CUR. X. FL. S.C. d. Q. ET M. TULLIS. Q. ET M. FF. CICERONIBUS III. VIREIS. AED. POT. MUNICIPI ARPINATIUM D.D. e. M. TULLIO. M.F.M.N.M.PN. COR. CICERONI COS. PRO COS. PROV. ASIiE LEG. IMP. C^S. AUG. IN SIRIA PATRONO. Also the following symbols : — HS : NP : *C : *MERK. : *EID . *N : HS. CCCIDDD. • In the Roman Calendar. 5.? Explain the constructions in — a. Haec tibi dictabam post fanum putre Vacunae, Excepto, quod non simul esses, cetera Isetus.' b» Karavowv tov avSpo? Ti\v (ro(f>iav ovre fxrf H€fx\nj(r6at Svvafiai avTov, ovt€ fxeixvrjfxhos fir) ovk iiraiveiv.* 1 Ep. ad Div. vii. 13. ' Hon Epist. L lo, 4* « Tttsc. i. 10, § 2a. ♦ Xen. Apol Socr. 54. ON THE PLATONIC IDEAS. § I. To^exactly comprehend and explain Plato's Ideas has always been a problem. Aristotle tells us that they arose from an union between the universal definitions of Socrates, and the doctrine put forth by Heraclitus of the fleeting char- acter of all objects of sense. (Ar. Metaphys. xii. (xiii.), 4 : ^vv€/3rj "q TTcpt Twv ctSwv So^a . . . Sua to ireicrOrjvaL tols *H/3aKA,€tTetot9 \6yoLs. — Book II., 5J. « • HOMERI ILIAS. Books I.-XII. 6j. HORATI OPERA. The Odes, Carmen Seculare, and EroDES. ^s. 6^.— The Odes. Books I.— IV. separately, \s. 6d. each. ISOCRATIS ORATIONES. Ad Demonicum et Panegyriccs. iS. 6d. JUVENALIS SATIRiE. 5^. PERSII SATIRiE. r^s. 6d. SOPHOCLIS TRAGCEDLF. '■ Electra. 3J.6d.— TheAja- TACITI HISTORI/E. Bo ... II., 6j.— Books III., IV., r TERENTI COMOEDI^ and Eunuchus. ^./ ^ lately, Andria, ^Sy^ ' THUCYDIDIS I. andll.,6fy/ /-^ 6S' y ^,7i;zzs Latin Texts. AENEID OF VERGIL. Books I., II., III., IV., v., VII., VIII., IX., •id. each. Books VI , X., XI., XII., %d. each. GEORGICS OF VERGIL. Books I.-IV. 2^. each. BUCQLICS OF VERGIL, id. Th6 above in one volume. 2J. 6d. C/ESAR DE BELLO GALLICO. Books I., v.. VI T , VIII., sr/. each. Books II., III. , VI., aa. each. The above ' olume, \s, 6d. Gl ^louds. . Plutus. . inTaukis. .< Electra. Alcestis. Bacch^b. Hecuba. Ct'cero de Amicitid, Sidgwick. iS. By A. Exercises in Latin Ele- giac Verse. By C. G. Gepp. 3*. 6i/. Eclogcs Ovidiance. By t. k. Arnold, m. 6d. A First History of Eng- land. By Louise Creighto.v. zs.dd. Selec' Rv Shakspere. \d. IET. 2.r. [E FIFTH. 9S. AK NIGHT'S 2J. S. 2*. 6d. .'EST. 2 J. Mstory of England. jy J. F. Bright. -'eriod I.— Medlcval Monarchy : A.D. 449—1485. 4^. dd. Period II.— Peijsonal Monarchy: A.D. 1485— 1688. 5J. Period III.— Constitutional IVIon- ARCIIY : A.D. 1689—1837. IS. (id. Historical Biographies. SIMON DE MONTFORT. is. 6d. THE BLACK PRINCE, is. 6d. SIR WALTER RALEGH. 3*. OLIVER CROMWELL. 3s. 6d. DUKE OF AL^RLBOROUGII. 3^. 6d. DUKE OF WELLINGTON. 3^.6./. A Handbook in Outline of EiigUsh History to 1882. By Arthur H. D. Acland and Cyril Ransome. 6j. A Skeleton Outline of the above. xs. 6d. Waterloo Place, Pall Mall, London. 4